|
78
|
1 ;;; Do NOT edit this file!
|
|
|
2 ;;; It is automatically generated using "make autoloads"
|
|
|
3 ;;; See update-autoloads.sh and autoload.el for more details.
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
5
|
|
100
|
6 ;;;### (autoloads (BibTeX-auto-store) "latex" "auctex/latex.el")
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
8 (autoload 'BibTeX-auto-store "latex" "\
|
|
|
9 This function should be called from bibtex-mode-hook.
|
|
|
10 It will setup BibTeX to store keys in an auto file." nil nil)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
12 ;;;***
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-info" "auctex/tex-info.el")
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 ;;;***
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
18 ;;;### (autoloads (japanese-latex-mode japanese-plain-tex-mode) "tex-jp" "auctex/tex-jp.el")
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
20 (autoload 'japanese-plain-tex-mode "tex-jp" "\
|
|
|
21 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
|
|
|
22 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters plain-tex-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
24 (autoload 'japanese-latex-mode "tex-jp" "\
|
|
|
25 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
|
|
|
26 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters latex-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
28 ;;;***
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
30 ;;;### (autoloads (TeX-submit-bug-report TeX-insert-quote TeX-auto-generate-global TeX-auto-generate ams-tex-mode) "tex" "auctex/tex.el")
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
32 (autoload 'ams-tex-mode "tex" "\
|
|
|
33 Major mode for editing files of input for AmS TeX.
|
|
|
34 See info under AUC TeX for documentation.
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 Special commands:
|
|
|
37 \\{TeX-mode-map}
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
39 Entering AmS-tex-mode calls the value of text-mode-hook,
|
|
|
40 then the value of TeX-mode-hook, and then the value
|
|
|
41 of AmS-TeX-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
43 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate "tex" "\
|
|
|
44 Generate style file for TEX and store it in AUTO.
|
|
|
45 If TEX is a directory, generate style files for all files in the directory." t nil)
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
47 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate-global "tex" "\
|
|
|
48 Create global auto directory for global TeX macro definitions." t nil)
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
50 (autoload 'TeX-insert-quote "tex" "\
|
|
|
51 Insert the appropriate quote marks for TeX.
|
|
|
52 Inserts the value of `TeX-open-quote' (normally ``) or `TeX-close-quote'
|
|
|
53 \(normally '') depending on the context. If `TeX-quote-after-quote'
|
|
|
54 is non-nil, this insertion works only after \".
|
|
|
55 With prefix argument, always inserts \" characters." t nil)
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
57 (autoload 'TeX-submit-bug-report "tex" "\
|
|
|
58 Submit via mail a bug report on AUC TeX" t nil)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 ;;;***
|
|
|
61
|
|
78
|
62 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse batch-byte-compile display-call-tree byte-compile-sexp byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-file byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "bytecomp/bytecomp.el")
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
64 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
65 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
|
|
|
66 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
68 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
69 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
|
|
|
70 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
71 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also unless argument
|
|
|
72 NORECURSION is non-nil.
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
74 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
|
|
|
75 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
|
|
|
76 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
|
|
|
77 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
81 If the fourth argument FORCE is non-nil,
|
|
|
82 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
84 (autoload 'byte-recompile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
85 Recompile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME if it needs recompilation.
|
|
|
86 This is if the `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
88 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not*
|
|
|
89 compiled. But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user
|
|
|
90 whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 don't ask and recompile anyway." t nil)
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
92 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
93 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
|
|
|
94 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
|
|
|
95 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling." t nil)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
98 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
|
|
|
99 Print the result in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
100 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
102 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
103 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
|
|
|
104 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 (autoload 'byte-compile-sexp "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
107 Compile and return SEXP." nil nil)
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
109 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
110 Display a call graph of a specified file.
|
|
|
111 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
|
|
|
112 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
|
|
|
113 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
|
|
|
114 all functions called by those functions.
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
116 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
|
|
|
117 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
|
|
|
118 cons, etc.).
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
|
|
|
121 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
|
|
|
122 invoked interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
124 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
125 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
126 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
|
|
|
127 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
|
|
|
128 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
129 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
131 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
132 Same as `batch-byte-recompile-directory' but without recursion." nil nil)
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
134 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
135 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
136 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
137 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
139 ;;;***
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
141 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "bytecomp/disass.el")
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
143 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
|
|
|
144 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
|
|
|
145 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
|
|
|
146 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
|
|
|
147 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
|
|
|
148 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150 ;;;***
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el")
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
156 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
158 ;;;***
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el")
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
162 (defvar calendar-setup 'one-frame "\
|
|
|
163 The frame set up of the calendar.
|
|
|
164 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
|
|
|
165 dediciated frame) or `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
|
|
|
166 frames); with any other value the current frame is used.")
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
168 ;;;***
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
170 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el")
|
|
|
171
|
|
134
|
172 (defcustom calendar-week-start-day 0 "*The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.\n0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on." :type 'integer :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
174 (defcustom calendar-offset 0 "*The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.\n0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,\n+1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off\nthe screen." :type 'integer :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
176 (defcustom view-diary-entries-initially nil "*Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.\nThe diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,\nif the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed\nis governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
178 (defcustom number-of-diary-entries 1 "*Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.\nThis variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,\nor if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For\nexample, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary\nentries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current\nday's and the next day's entries will be displayed.\n\nThe value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value\nsays to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries\nfor the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,\ndisplay Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only\nSaturday's entries on Saturday.\n\nThis variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command\nfrom the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the\nnumber of days of diary entries displayed." :type 'integer :group 'diary)
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
180 (defcustom mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "*Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.\nThe marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
182 (defcustom view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "*Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.\nThe holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first\ndisplayed." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
184 (defcustom mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "*Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.\nThe marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 (defcustom all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.\nThis means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
188 (defcustom all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.\nThis means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian\ncalendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
190 (defcustom all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.\nThis means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic\ncalendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
192 (defcustom calendar-load-hook nil "*List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.\nThis is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
194 (defcustom initial-calendar-window-hook nil "*List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.\nThe functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but\nonce opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command\nand reentering it will cause these functions to be called again." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
196 (defcustom today-visible-calendar-hook nil "*List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.\nThis can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a\nfunction `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:\n (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)\nIt can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';\na function is also provided for this:\n (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)\n\nThe corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of\nfunctions called when the calendar function was called when the current\ndate is not visible in the window.\n\nOther than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any\ncharacters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the\nfunctions that move by days and weeks." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
198 (defcustom today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "*List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.\n\nThe corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of\nfunctions called when the calendar function was called when the current\ndate is visible in the window.\n\nOther than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any\ncharacters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the\nfunctions that move by days and weeks." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
200 (defcustom diary-file "~/diary" "*Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.\n\nThe file's entries are lines in any of the forms\n\n MONTH/DAY\n MONTH/DAY/YEAR\n MONTHNAME DAY\n MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nat the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry\nstring for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is\na number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.\nIf the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.\nDAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.\nMONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three\ncharacters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,\nMONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,\nrespectively.\n\nThe European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used\ninstead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set\n`european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are\n\n DAY/MONTH\n DAY/MONTH/YEAR\n DAY MONTHNAME\n DAY MONTHNAME YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nTo revert to the default American style from the European style, execute\n`american-calendar' in the calendar.\n\nA diary entry can be preceded by the character\n`diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry\nnonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar\nwindow but will appear in a diary window.\n\nMultiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with\neither a TAB or one or more spaces.\n\nLines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary\nentries (in the default American style):\n\n 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!\n &1/1. Happy New Year!\n 10/22 Ruth's birthday.\n 21: Payday\n Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am\n Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.\n 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!\n &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.\n mar 16 Dad's birthday\n April 15, 1989 Income tax due.\n &* 15 time cards due.\n\nIf the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with\nno trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the\ndiary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the\nsingle diary entry\n\n 02/11/1989\n Bill Blattner visits Princeton today\n 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting\n 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'\n 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden\n 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan\n 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School\n\nwill appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This\nfacility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if\nused with more than one day's entries displayed.\n\nDiary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry\n\n %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation\n\ncauses the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November\n10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',\n`diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',\n`diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',\n`diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', `diary-phases-of-moon',\n`diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', and\n`diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function\n`list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.\n\nDiary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also\npossible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored\nunless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the\n`nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation\nfor these functions for details.\n\nDiary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for\ndetails, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'." :type 'file :group 'diary)
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
202 (defcustom diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "*Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
204 (defcustom hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
206 (defcustom islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
208 (defcustom diary-include-string "#include" "*The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.\nSee the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
210 (defcustom sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "*The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.\nSee the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
212 (defcustom abbreviated-calendar-year t "*Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.\nFor the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.\nIf this variable is nil, years must be written in full." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
214 (defcustom european-calendar-style nil "*Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.\nIf this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,\n1990. The accepted European date styles are\n\n DAY/MONTH\n DAY/MONTH/YEAR\n DAY MONTHNAME\n DAY MONTHNAME YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nNames can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three\ncharacters with or without a period." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
216 (defcustom american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "*List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.\nSee the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation." :type '(repeat (choice (cons :tag "Backup" (const backup) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp)))) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp))))) :group 'diary)
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
218 (defcustom european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<[^*0-9]") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "*List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.\nSee the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation." :type '(repeat (choice (cons :tag "Backup" (const backup) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp)))) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp))))) :group 'diary)
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
220 (defcustom european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.\nSee the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation." :type 'sexp :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
222 (defcustom american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.\nSee the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation." :type 'sexp :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
224 (defcustom print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "*List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.\nThe buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary\nbuffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for\nexample, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer\ninstead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 (defcustom list-diary-entries-hook nil "*List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.\nIt is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.\n\nA function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of\nthis hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together\nwith your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines\nof the form\n\n #include \"filename\"\n\nThis is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are\nobeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing\nthe variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'\nas part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the\nfunction `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.\n\nFor example, you could use\n\n (setq list-diary-entries-hook\n '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))\n (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)\n\nin your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with\ndiary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into\nlexicographic order." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
228 (defcustom diary-hook nil "*List of functions called after the display of the diary.\nCan be used for appointment notification." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
230 (defcustom diary-display-hook nil "*List of functions that handle the display of the diary.\nIf nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no\ndiary display.\n\nOrdinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in\nthe mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these\nfunctions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order\nby date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)\nSTRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be\nused, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with\nholidays), or produce hard copy output.\n\nA function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative\nchoice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary\nbuffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement\nwith headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the\nvariable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy\ndiary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even\nif that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy\ndiary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 (defcustom nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "*List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.\nAs the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull\nrelevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'\nand `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions\ndescribes the style of such diary entries." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
234 (defcustom mark-diary-entries-hook nil "*List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.\n\nA function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the\nmark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together\nwith your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines\nof the form\n #include \"filename\"\nThis is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are\nobeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the\nvariable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as\npart of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the\nfunction `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 (defcustom nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "*List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.\nAs the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull\nrelevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'\nand `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions\ndescribes the style of such diary entries." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
238 (defcustom diary-list-include-blanks nil "*If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.\nSuch days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they\nare holidays." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
240 (defcustom holidays-in-diary-buffer t "*Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.\nThe holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the\nfancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions\nsomewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
242 (defcustom general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Ground Hog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fool's Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "*General holidays. Default value is for the United States.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays)
|
|
78
|
243
|
|
|
244 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
245
|
|
134
|
246 (defcustom local-holidays nil "*Local holidays.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays :group 'local)
|
|
78
|
247
|
|
|
248 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
249
|
|
134
|
250 (defcustom other-holidays nil "*User defined holidays.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays)
|
|
78
|
251
|
|
|
252 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
254 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
256 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
258 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
262 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
264 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
268 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
270 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
|
|
|
271 *Jewish holidays.
|
|
|
272 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
274 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
276 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
|
|
|
277 *Christian holidays.
|
|
|
278 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
280 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
282 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
|
|
|
283 *Islamic holidays.
|
|
|
284 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
286 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
288 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
|
|
|
289 *Sun-related holidays.
|
|
|
290 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
292 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
293
|
|
|
294 (defvar calendar-holidays (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays christian-holidays hebrew-holidays islamic-holidays solar-holidays) "\
|
|
|
295 *List of notable days for the command M-x holidays.
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
297 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the list
|
|
|
298 `other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting any of
|
|
|
299 `general-holidays', `local-holidays' `christian-holidays', `hebrew-holidays',
|
|
|
300 `islamic-holidays', or `solar-holidays' to nil in your .emacs file, you can
|
|
|
301 eliminate unwanted categories of holidays. The intention is that (in the US)
|
|
|
302 `local-holidays' be set in site-init.el and `other-holidays' be set by the
|
|
|
303 user.
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
305 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
|
|
|
306 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the in the
|
|
|
307 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
|
|
|
308 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
310 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
|
|
|
311 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional day) is the Kth DAYNAME in
|
|
|
312 MONTH on the Gregorian calendar (0 for Sunday,
|
|
|
313 etc.); K<0 means count back from the end of the
|
|
|
314 month. An optional parameter DAY means the Kth
|
|
|
315 DAYNAME after/before MONTH DAY.
|
|
|
316 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
|
|
|
317 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
|
|
|
318 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
|
|
|
319 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
|
|
|
320 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
|
|
|
321 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
|
|
|
322 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
|
|
|
323 is an expression in the variable `date'.
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
325 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
327 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
329 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
|
|
|
330 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
332 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
334 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
|
|
|
335 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
337 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
339 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan, while to
|
|
|
340 add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday use
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
342 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram. To
|
|
|
345 add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
347 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
349 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
|
|
|
350 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
|
|
|
351 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
353 (holiday-sexp
|
|
|
354 (if (zerop (% year 4))
|
|
|
355 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
356 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
357 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
358 (list 11 1 year)))))))
|
|
|
359 \"US Presidential Election\")
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
361 or
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
363 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
|
|
|
364 (holiday-fixed 11
|
|
|
365 (extract-calendar-day
|
|
|
366 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
367 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
368 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
369 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
|
|
|
370 \"US Presidential Election\"))
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
372 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
374 (lunar-phases)
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
376 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
|
|
|
377 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
|
|
|
378 with descriptive strings such as
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
384 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
|
|
|
385 Display a three-month calendar in another window.
|
|
|
386 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in the middle
|
|
|
387 surrounded by the previous and next months. The cursor is put on today's date.
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
389 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
391 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file; appropriate setting
|
|
|
392 of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' will cause the diary entries for
|
|
|
393 the current date to be displayed in another window. The value of the variable
|
|
|
394 `number-of-diary-entries' controls the number of days of diary entries
|
|
|
395 displayed upon initial display of the calendar.
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
397 An optional prefix argument ARG causes the calendar displayed to be ARG
|
|
|
398 months in the future if ARG is positive or in the past if ARG is negative;
|
|
|
399 in this case the cursor goes on the first day of the month.
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
401 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved into view.
|
|
|
402 Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar can be scrolled forward
|
|
|
403 or backward.
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
405 The cursor can be moved forward or backward by one day, one week, one month,
|
|
|
406 or one year. All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
|
|
|
407 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the digit keys
|
|
|
408 and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. The window is replotted as
|
|
|
409 necessary to display the desired date.
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
411 Diary entries can be marked on the calendar or displayed in another window.
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 Use M-x describe-mode for details of the key bindings in the calendar window.
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
415 The Gregorian calendar is assumed.
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 After loading the calendar, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
418 `calendar-load-hook' are run. This is the place to add key bindings to the
|
|
|
419 calendar-mode-map.
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
421 After preparing the calendar window initially, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
422 `initial-calendar-window-hook' are run.
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
424 The hooks given by the variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' are run
|
|
|
425 everytime the calendar window gets scrolled, if the current date is visible
|
|
|
426 in the window. If it is not visible, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
427 `today-invisible-calendar-hook' are run. Thus, for example, setting
|
|
|
428 `today-visible-calendar-hook' to 'calendar-star-date will cause today's date
|
|
|
429 to be replaced by asterisks to highlight it whenever it is in the window." t nil)
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
431 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "calendar" "\
|
|
|
432 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
|
|
|
433 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
|
|
|
434 from the cursor position." t nil)
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
436 ;;;***
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
438 ;;;### (autoloads (diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el")
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
440 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
|
|
|
441 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
|
|
|
442 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
|
|
|
443 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
|
|
|
444 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
446 ;;;***
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 ;;;### (autoloads (holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el")
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
450 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
|
|
|
451 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
452 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
454 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
456 ;;;***
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
458 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el")
|
|
|
459
|
|
|
460 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
|
|
|
461 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
462 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
464 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
466 ;;;***
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
468 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el")
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
470 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
|
|
|
471 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
473 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
|
|
|
474 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
|
|
|
475 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
477 For example, the form
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
479 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
|
|
|
480 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
482 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
484 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
|
|
|
485 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
486
|
|
|
487 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
488 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
489 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
|
|
|
490 York City.
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
|
|
|
495 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
497 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
498 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
499 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
|
|
|
500 York City.
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
502 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
504 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
|
|
|
505 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', calendar-latitude'.
|
|
|
506 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
|
|
|
507 pair.
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
509 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
511 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
|
|
|
512 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to +/- 2 minutes.
|
|
|
513 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
515 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
|
|
|
516 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
518 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
520 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
|
|
|
521 Date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
|
|
|
522 Requires floating point." nil nil)
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 ;;;***
|
|
|
525
|
|
155
|
526 ;;;### (autoloads (background) "background" "comint/background.el")
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
528 (autoload 'background "background" "\
|
|
|
529 Run COMMAND in the background like csh.
|
|
|
530 A message is displayed when the job starts and finishes. The buffer is in
|
|
|
531 comint mode, so you can send input and signals to the job. The process object
|
|
|
532 is returned if anyone cares. See also comint-mode and the variables
|
|
|
533 background-show and background-select.
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
535 Optional second argument BUFFER-NAME is a buffer to insert the output into.
|
|
|
536 If omitted, a buffer name is constructed from the command run." t nil)
|
|
|
537
|
|
|
538 ;;;***
|
|
|
539
|
|
78
|
540 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-dynamic-list-completions comint-dynamic-complete comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint/comint.el")
|
|
|
541
|
|
|
542 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
|
|
|
543 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
|
|
|
544 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
|
|
|
545 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
|
|
|
546 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
|
|
|
547 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
|
|
|
548 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
|
|
|
549 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
551 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
553 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
|
|
|
554 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
|
|
|
555 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
|
|
|
556 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
|
|
|
557 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
|
|
|
558 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
560 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-complete "comint" "\
|
|
|
561 Dynamically perform completion at point.
|
|
|
562 Calls the functions in `comint-dynamic-complete-functions' to perform
|
|
|
563 completion until a function returns non-nil, at which point completion is
|
|
|
564 assumed to have occurred." t nil)
|
|
|
565
|
|
|
566 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-list-completions "comint" "\
|
|
|
567 List in help buffer sorted COMPLETIONS.
|
|
|
568 Typing SPC flushes the help buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
570 ;;;***
|
|
|
571
|
|
|
572 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb) "gdb" "comint/gdb.el")
|
|
|
573
|
|
|
574 (defvar gdb-command-name "gdb" "\
|
|
|
575 Pathname for executing gdb.")
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
577 (autoload 'gdb "gdb" "\
|
|
|
578 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gdb-FILE*.
|
|
|
579 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
580 and source-file directory for GDB. If you wish to change this, use
|
|
|
581 the GDB commands `cd DIR' and `directory'." t nil)
|
|
|
582
|
|
|
583 ;;;***
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
585 ;;;### (autoloads (gdbsrc) "gdbsrc" "comint/gdbsrc.el")
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
587 (autoload 'gdbsrc "gdbsrc" "\
|
|
|
588 Activates a gdb session with gdbsrc-mode turned on. A numeric prefix
|
|
|
589 argument can be used to specify a running process to attach, and a non-numeric
|
|
|
590 prefix argument will cause you to be prompted for a core file to debug." t nil)
|
|
|
591
|
|
|
592 ;;;***
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
594 ;;;### (autoloads (perldb xdb dbx sdb) "gud" "comint/gud.el")
|
|
|
595
|
|
|
596 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
597 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
598 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
599 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
601 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
|
|
|
602 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
603 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
604 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
606 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
607 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
608 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
609 and source-file directory for your debugger.
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
|
|
|
612 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
614 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
|
|
|
615 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
616 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
617 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
619 ;;;***
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "comint/inf-lisp.el")
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
623 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
625 ;;;***
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
627 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "comint/rlogin.el")
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
629 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
630
|
|
|
631 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
|
|
|
632 Open a network login connection to HOST via the `rlogin' program.
|
|
|
633 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
635 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
|
|
|
636 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
|
|
|
637 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
|
|
|
638 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
640 When called from a program, if the optional second argument is a string or
|
|
|
641 buffer, it names the buffer to use.
|
|
|
642
|
|
|
643 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
|
|
|
644 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
646 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
|
|
|
647 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
|
|
|
648 INPUT-ARGS.
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
650 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
|
|
|
651 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
|
|
|
652 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
|
|
|
653 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
|
|
|
654 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
|
|
|
655
|
|
|
656 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
|
|
|
657 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
|
|
|
658 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
|
|
|
659 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
661 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
|
|
|
662 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
|
|
|
663 variable." t nil)
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
665 ;;;***
|
|
|
666
|
|
|
667 ;;;### (autoloads (shell) "shell" "comint/shell.el")
|
|
|
668
|
|
|
669 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern (purecopy "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *") "\
|
|
|
670 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
|
|
|
671 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
|
|
|
672 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
|
|
|
673 shell buffer.
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
675 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
|
|
|
676 shell-mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
|
|
|
677 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
679 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
|
|
|
680
|
|
|
681 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
|
|
|
682 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
|
|
|
683 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
|
|
|
684 If buffer exists and shell process is running,
|
|
|
685 just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
|
|
|
686 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
|
|
|
687 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
|
|
|
688 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
|
|
|
689 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
|
|
|
690 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
|
|
|
691 discards input when it starts up.)
|
|
|
692 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
|
|
|
693 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
|
|
|
694 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
696 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
|
|
|
697 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
|
|
|
698 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
|
|
|
699 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
701 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
703 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
|
|
|
704
|
|
|
705 ;;;***
|
|
|
706
|
|
153
|
707 ;;;### (autoloads (ssh) "ssh" "comint/ssh.el")
|
|
|
708
|
|
|
709 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*ssh-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
711 (autoload 'ssh "ssh" "\
|
|
|
712 Open a network login connection via `ssh' with args INPUT-ARGS.
|
|
|
713 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
|
|
|
714 other arguments for `ssh'.
|
|
|
715
|
|
|
716 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
|
|
|
717
|
|
|
718 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*ssh-HOST*'
|
|
|
719 \(or `*ssh-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
|
|
|
720 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*ssh-HOST*' already exists,
|
|
|
721 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
723 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
|
|
|
724 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
726 The variable `ssh-program' contains the name of the actual program to
|
|
|
727 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
|
|
|
728
|
|
|
729 The variable `ssh-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
|
|
|
730 the ssh when starting. They are prepended to any arguments given in
|
|
|
731 INPUT-ARGS.
|
|
|
732
|
|
|
733 If the default value of `ssh-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
|
|
|
734 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
|
|
|
735 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
|
|
|
736 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
|
|
|
737 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
|
|
|
738
|
|
|
739 If `ssh-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
|
|
|
740 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
|
|
|
741 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
|
|
|
742 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
|
|
|
743
|
|
|
744 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
|
|
|
745 function `ssh-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
|
|
|
746 variable." t nil)
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
748 ;;;***
|
|
|
749
|
|
78
|
750 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "comint/telnet.el")
|
|
|
751
|
|
|
752 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
753
|
|
|
754 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
|
|
|
755 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
756 With a prefix argument, prompts for the port name or number as well.
|
|
|
757 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*HOST-telnet*'.
|
|
|
758 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
759 See also `\\[rsh]'." t nil)
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
761 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
|
|
|
762
|
|
|
763 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
|
|
|
764 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
765 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
|
|
|
766 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
767 See also `\\[telnet]'." t nil)
|
|
|
768
|
|
|
769 ;;;***
|
|
|
770
|
|
155
|
771 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all custom-save-customized custom-buffer-create-other-window custom-buffer-create customize-apropos customize-saved customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face customize-option-other-window customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group customize custom-set-variable custom-set-value) "cus-edit" "custom/cus-edit.el")
|
|
149
|
772
|
|
|
773 (autoload 'custom-set-value "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
774 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
|
|
|
775
|
|
|
776 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
|
|
|
777 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
|
|
|
778
|
|
|
779 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
|
|
|
780 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value." t nil)
|
|
|
781
|
|
|
782 (autoload 'custom-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
783 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
|
|
|
784
|
|
|
785 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
|
|
|
786 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
|
|
|
787
|
|
|
788 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
|
|
|
789 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
|
|
|
790
|
|
|
791 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
|
|
|
792 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
|
|
|
793
|
|
|
794 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
|
|
|
795 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. " t nil)
|
|
106
|
796
|
|
|
797 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
|
|
153
|
798 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
|
|
|
799 User options are structured into \"groups\".
|
|
|
800 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
|
|
|
801 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
803 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
804 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
|
|
|
805
|
|
|
806 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
149
|
807 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a customization group." t nil)
|
|
|
808
|
|
155
|
809 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
811 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
812 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
814 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
816 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
817 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
|
|
124
|
818 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
|
|
|
819
|
|
106
|
820 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
|
|
102
|
821 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
|
|
|
822 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
|
|
98
|
823
|
|
124
|
824 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
825 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
826
|
|
106
|
827 (autoload 'customize-customized "cus-edit" "\
|
|
149
|
828 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
830 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
831 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
|
|
98
|
832
|
|
106
|
833 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
834 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
835 If ALL (e.g., started with a prefix key), include options which are not
|
|
|
836 user-settable." t nil)
|
|
|
837
|
|
106
|
838 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
839 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
|
|
149
|
840 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
|
|
98
|
841 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
|
|
|
842 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
|
|
|
843 that option." nil nil)
|
|
|
844
|
|
149
|
845 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
846 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
|
|
|
847 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
|
|
|
848 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
|
|
|
849 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
|
|
|
850 that option." nil nil)
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
852 (autoload 'custom-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
853 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
|
|
|
854
|
|
116
|
855 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
856 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
857
|
|
120
|
858 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
859 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
|
|
124
|
860 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
862 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
863 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
|
|
120
|
864 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
|
|
124
|
865 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
|
|
|
866 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
|
|
|
867
|
|
|
868 ;;;***
|
|
|
869
|
|
|
870 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-initialize-frame custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "custom/cus-face.el")
|
|
106
|
871
|
|
|
872 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
873 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
|
|
|
874
|
|
124
|
875 (autoload 'custom-initialize-frame "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
876 Initialize local faces for FRAME if necessary.
|
|
|
877 If FRAME is missing or nil, the first member of (frame-list) is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
878
|
|
106
|
879 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
880 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
|
|
|
881 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
|
|
|
882
|
|
|
883 (FACE SPEC [NOW])
|
|
|
884
|
|
|
885 SPEC will be stored as the saved value for FACE. If NOW is present
|
|
|
886 and non-nil, FACE will also be created according to SPEC.
|
|
|
887
|
|
|
888 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
|
|
|
889
|
|
|
890 ;;;***
|
|
|
891
|
|
149
|
892 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "custom/wid-browse.el")
|
|
106
|
893
|
|
|
894 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
|
|
98
|
895 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
|
|
|
896
|
|
124
|
897 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
898 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
900 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
901 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
902
|
|
149
|
903 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
904 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
|
|
|
905 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
906
|
|
|
907 ;;;***
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
909 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value widget-apply) "wid-edit" "custom/wid-edit.el")
|
|
118
|
910
|
|
|
911 (autoload 'widget-apply "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
912 Apply the value of WIDGET's PROPERTY to the widget itself.
|
|
|
913 ARGS are passed as extra arguments to the function." nil nil)
|
|
110
|
914
|
|
149
|
915 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
916 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
|
|
|
917 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
918
|
|
110
|
919 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
920 Create widget of TYPE.
|
|
|
921 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
|
|
|
922
|
|
|
923 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
924 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
|
|
|
925
|
|
|
926 ;;;***
|
|
|
927
|
|
78
|
928 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "edebug/edebug.el")
|
|
|
929
|
|
|
930 (autoload 'def-edebug-spec "edebug" "\
|
|
|
931 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
|
|
|
932 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
|
|
|
933 \(naming a function), or a list." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
935 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
|
|
|
936
|
|
|
937 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
|
|
|
938 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
|
|
|
939 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
|
|
|
940 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
|
|
|
941 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
|
|
|
942
|
|
|
943 ;;;***
|
|
|
944
|
|
|
945 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff/ediff-mult.el")
|
|
|
946
|
|
|
947 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
|
|
|
948 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
950 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
|
|
|
951
|
|
|
952 ;;;***
|
|
|
953
|
|
82
|
954 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "ediff/ediff-util.el")
|
|
78
|
955
|
|
|
956 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
|
|
82
|
957 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
|
|
|
958 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
|
|
78
|
959 which see." t nil)
|
|
|
960
|
|
82
|
961 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
|
|
|
962 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
|
|
|
963 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
|
|
|
964 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
|
|
|
965
|
|
78
|
966 ;;;***
|
|
|
967
|
|
|
968 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff/ediff.el")
|
|
|
969
|
|
|
970 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
971 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
|
|
|
972
|
|
|
973 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
974 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
|
|
|
975
|
|
|
976 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
978 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
|
|
|
979
|
|
|
980 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
981 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
|
|
|
982
|
|
|
983 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
|
|
|
984
|
|
|
985 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
986 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
988 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
|
|
|
989
|
|
|
990 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
991 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
|
|
|
992 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
993 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
994
|
|
|
995 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
|
|
|
996
|
|
|
997 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
998 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
999 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
1000 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
1001
|
|
|
1002 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
1003
|
|
|
1004 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1005 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
|
|
|
1006 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
|
|
|
1007 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1008
|
|
|
1009 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
|
|
|
1010
|
|
|
1011 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1012 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
|
|
|
1013 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
1014 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1015
|
|
|
1016 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
|
|
|
1017
|
|
|
1018 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1019 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
|
|
|
1020 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
|
|
|
1021 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
|
|
|
1022 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
1023 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1024
|
|
|
1025 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1026 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
1027 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
1028 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
1029
|
|
|
1030 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
1031
|
|
|
1032 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1033 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
|
|
|
1034 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
1035 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
1036
|
|
|
1037 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1038
|
|
|
1039 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1040
|
|
|
1041 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1042 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
|
|
|
1043 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
1044 follows:
|
|
|
1045 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
1046 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
1047
|
|
|
1048 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1049 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
|
|
|
1050 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
1051 follows:
|
|
|
1052 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
1053 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
1054
|
|
|
1055 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1056 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
1057 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
1058 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
|
|
|
1059 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
|
|
|
1060
|
|
|
1061 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1062 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
1063 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
1064 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
|
|
|
1065 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
|
|
|
1066 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
|
|
|
1067
|
|
|
1068 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
|
|
|
1069
|
|
|
1070 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1071 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1072
|
|
|
1073 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1074 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1075
|
|
|
1076 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1077
|
|
|
1078 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1079 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1080
|
|
|
1081 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1082 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1083
|
|
|
1084 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1085 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
|
|
|
1086 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1087 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1088
|
|
|
1089 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1090 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
|
|
80
|
1091 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
78
|
1092 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1093
|
|
|
1094 (autoload 'run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1095 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
|
|
146
|
1096 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
|
|
78
|
1097 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
|
|
|
1098
|
|
|
1099 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1100 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
1101
|
|
|
1102 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1103 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
1104
|
|
|
1105 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
|
|
|
1106
|
|
|
1107 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
|
|
|
1108
|
|
|
1109 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1110 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
|
|
|
1111 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1112 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
|
|
|
1113
|
|
|
1114 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1115 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
|
|
|
1116 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
|
|
|
1117
|
|
|
1118 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1119 Display Ediff's manual.
|
|
|
1120 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
|
|
|
1121
|
|
|
1122 ;;;***
|
|
|
1123
|
|
98
|
1124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "default-dir" "efs/default-dir.el")
|
|
|
1125
|
|
|
1126 (defvar default-directory-function nil "\
|
|
|
1127 A function to call to compute the default-directory for the current buffer.
|
|
|
1128 If this is nil, the function default-directory will return the value of the
|
|
|
1129 variable default-directory.
|
|
|
1130 Buffer local.")
|
|
|
1131
|
|
|
1132 ;;;***
|
|
|
1133
|
|
155
|
1134 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump-back-other-frame dired-jump-back-other-window dired-jump-back dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired default-directory) "dired" "efs/dired.el")
|
|
|
1135
|
|
|
1136 (autoload 'default-directory "dired" "\
|
|
|
1137 Returns the default-directory for the current buffer.
|
|
|
1138 Will use the variable default-directory-function if it non-nil." nil nil)
|
|
98
|
1139
|
|
|
1140 (defvar dired-compression-method 'compress "\
|
|
|
1141 *Type of compression program to use.
|
|
|
1142 Give as a symbol.
|
|
|
1143 Currently-recognized methods are: gzip pack compact compress.
|
|
|
1144 To change this variable use \\[dired-do-compress] with a zero prefix.")
|
|
|
1145
|
|
|
1146 (defvar dired-compression-method-alist '((gzip ".gz" ("gzip") ("gzip" "-d") "-f") (compress ".Z" ("compress" "-f") ("compress" "-d") "-f") (pack ".z" ("pack" "-f") ("unpack")) (compact ".C" ("compact") ("uncompact"))) "\
|
|
|
1147 *Association list of compression method descriptions.
|
|
|
1148 Each element of the table should be a list of the form
|
|
|
1149
|
|
|
1150 (compress-type extension (compress-args) (decompress-args) force-flag)
|
|
|
1151
|
|
|
1152 where
|
|
|
1153 `compress-type' is a unique symbol in the alist to which
|
|
|
1154 `dired-compression-method' can be set;
|
|
|
1155 `extension' is the file extension (as a string) used by files compressed
|
|
|
1156 by this method;
|
|
|
1157 `compress-args' is a list of the path of the compression program and
|
|
|
1158 flags to pass as separate arguments;
|
|
|
1159 `decompress-args' is a list of the path of the decompression
|
|
|
1160 program and flags to pass as separate arguments.
|
|
|
1161 `force-flag' is the switch to pass to the command to force overwriting
|
|
|
1162 of existing files.
|
|
|
1163
|
|
|
1164 For example:
|
|
|
1165
|
|
114
|
1166 (setq dired-compression-method-alist
|
|
98
|
1167 (cons '(frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\") \"-f\")
|
|
|
1168 dired-compression-method-alist))
|
|
|
1169 => ((frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\"))
|
|
|
1170 (gzip \".gz\" (\"gzip\") (\"gunzip\"))
|
|
|
1171 ...)
|
|
|
1172
|
|
|
1173 See also: dired-compression-method <V>")
|
|
|
1174
|
|
|
1175 (defvar dired-ls-program "ls" "\
|
|
|
1176 *Absolute or relative name of the ls program used by dired.")
|
|
|
1177
|
|
|
1178 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
|
|
|
1179 *Switches passed to ls for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
|
|
|
1180 Can contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.")
|
|
|
1181
|
|
142
|
1182 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux dgux usg-unix-v linux)) "chown" "/etc/chown") "\
|
|
114
|
1183 *Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
|
|
98
|
1184
|
|
|
1185 (defvar dired-gnutar-program nil "\
|
|
|
1186 *If non-nil, name of the GNU tar executable (e.g. \"tar\" or \"gnutar\").
|
|
|
1187 GNU tar's `z' switch is used for compressed tar files.
|
|
|
1188 If you don't have GNU tar, set this to nil: a pipe using `zcat' is then used.")
|
|
|
1189
|
|
|
1190 (defvar dired-unshar-program nil "\
|
|
|
1191 *Set to the name of the unshar program, if you have it.")
|
|
|
1192
|
|
|
1193 (defvar dired-local-variables-file ".dired" "\
|
|
|
1194 *If non-nil, filename for local variables for Dired.
|
|
|
1195 If Dired finds a file with that name in the current directory, it will
|
|
|
1196 temporarily insert it into the dired buffer and run `hack-local-variables'.
|
|
|
1197
|
|
|
1198 Type \\[info] and `g' `(emacs)File Variables' `RET' for more info on
|
|
|
1199 local variables.")
|
|
|
1200
|
|
|
1201 (defvar dired-kept-versions 2 "\
|
|
|
1202 *When cleaning directory, number of versions to keep.")
|
|
|
1203
|
|
|
1204 (defvar dired-find-subdir nil "\
|
|
|
1205 *Determines whether dired tries to lookup a subdir in existing buffers.
|
|
|
1206 If non-nil, dired does not make a new buffer for a directory if it can be
|
|
|
1207 found (perhaps as subdir) in some existing dired buffer. If there are several
|
|
|
1208 dired buffers for a directory, then the most recently used one is chosen.
|
|
|
1209
|
|
|
1210 Dired avoids switching to the current buffer, so that if you have
|
|
|
1211 a normal and a wildcard buffer for the same directory, C-x d RET will
|
|
|
1212 toggle between those two.")
|
|
|
1213
|
|
|
1214 (defvar dired-use-file-transformers t "\
|
|
|
1215 *Determines whether dired uses file transformers.
|
|
|
1216 If non-nil `dired-do-shell-command' will apply file transformers to file names.
|
|
|
1217 See \\[describe-function] for dired-do-shell-command for more information.")
|
|
|
1218
|
|
|
1219 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
|
|
|
1220 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
|
|
|
1221 This means that if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
|
|
|
1222 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
|
|
|
1223 The target is put in the prompt for file copy, rename, etc.")
|
|
|
1224
|
|
|
1225 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time nil "\
|
|
|
1226 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
|
|
|
1227 \(This works on only some systems.)\\<dired-mode-map>
|
|
|
1228 Use `\\[dired-do-copy]' with a zero prefix argument to toggle its value.")
|
|
|
1229
|
|
|
1230 (defvar dired-no-confirm nil "\
|
|
|
1231 *If non-nil, a list of symbols for commands dired should not confirm.
|
|
|
1232 It can be a sublist of
|
|
|
1233
|
|
|
1234 '(byte-compile chgrp chmod chown compress copy delete hardlink load
|
|
|
1235 move print shell symlink uncompress recursive-delete kill-file-buffer
|
|
|
1236 kill-dired-buffer patch create-top-dir revert-subdirs)
|
|
|
1237
|
|
|
1238 The meanings of most of the symbols are obvious. A few exceptions:
|
|
|
1239
|
|
|
1240 'compress applies to compression or decompression by any of the
|
|
|
1241 compression program in `dired-compression-method-alist'.
|
|
|
1242
|
|
|
1243 'kill-dired-buffer applies to offering to kill dired buffers for
|
|
|
1244 directories which have been deleted.
|
|
|
1245
|
|
|
1246 'kill-file-buffer applies to offering to kill buffers visiting files
|
|
|
1247 which have been deleted.
|
|
|
1248
|
|
|
1249 'recursive-delete applies to recursively deleting non-empty
|
|
|
1250 directories, and all of their contents.
|
|
|
1251
|
|
|
1252 'create-top-dir applies to `dired-up-directory' creating a new top level
|
|
|
1253 directory for the dired buffer.
|
|
|
1254
|
|
|
1255 'revert-subdirs applies to re-reading subdirectories which have
|
|
|
1256 been modified on disk.
|
|
|
1257
|
|
|
1258 Note that this list also applies to remote files accessed with efs
|
|
|
1259 or ange-ftp.")
|
|
|
1260
|
|
|
1261 (defvar dired-backup-if-overwrite nil "\
|
|
|
1262 *Non-nil if Dired should ask about making backups before overwriting files.
|
|
|
1263 Special value 'always suppresses confirmation.")
|
|
|
1264
|
|
|
1265 (defvar dired-omit-files nil "\
|
|
|
1266 *If non-nil un-interesting files will be omitted from this dired buffer.
|
|
|
1267 Use \\[dired-omit-toggle] to see these files. (buffer local)")
|
|
|
1268
|
|
|
1269 (defvar dired-mail-reader 'rmail "\
|
|
|
1270 *Mail reader used by dired for dired-read-mail (\\[dired-read-mail]).
|
|
|
1271 The symbols 'rmail and 'vm are the only two allowed values.")
|
|
|
1272
|
|
118
|
1273 (defvar dired-refresh-automatically t "\
|
|
|
1274 *If non-nil, refresh dired buffers automatically after file operations.")
|
|
|
1275
|
|
98
|
1276 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
|
|
|
1277
|
|
|
1278 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
|
|
|
1279 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
|
|
|
1280 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
|
|
|
1281 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
|
|
|
1282 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
|
|
|
1283 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
|
|
|
1284 its first element is taken as the directory name and the resr as an explicit
|
|
|
1285 list of files to make directory entries for.
|
|
|
1286 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
|
|
|
1287 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
|
|
|
1288 delete them by typing \\[dired-expunge-deletions].
|
|
|
1289 Type \\[dired-describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
|
|
|
1290
|
|
|
1291 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
|
|
|
1292
|
|
|
1293 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
|
|
|
1294
|
|
|
1295 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1296 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
1297
|
|
|
1298 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
|
|
|
1299
|
|
|
1300 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
|
|
|
1301 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
|
|
|
1302
|
|
|
1303 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
|
|
|
1304 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
|
|
|
1305
|
|
|
1306 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back)
|
|
|
1307
|
|
|
1308 (autoload 'dired-jump-back "dired" "\
|
|
|
1309 Jump back to dired.
|
|
|
1310 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
|
|
|
1311 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
|
|
|
1312 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
|
|
|
1313 buffer and try again." t nil)
|
|
|
1314
|
|
|
1315 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-window)
|
|
|
1316
|
|
|
1317 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1318 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but to other window." t nil)
|
|
|
1319
|
|
|
1320 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-frame)
|
|
|
1321
|
|
|
1322 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-frame "dired" "\
|
|
|
1323 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
1324
|
|
|
1325 ;;;***
|
|
|
1326
|
|
116
|
1327 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-ftp-path) "efs-cu" "efs/efs-cu.el")
|
|
114
|
1328
|
|
|
1329 (defvar efs-path-root-regexp "^/[^/:]+:" "\
|
|
|
1330 Regexp to match the `/user@host:' root of an efs full path.")
|
|
|
1331
|
|
116
|
1332 (autoload 'efs-ftp-path "efs-cu" "\
|
|
|
1333 Parse PATH according to efs-path-regexp.
|
|
|
1334 Returns a list (HOST USER PATH), or nil if PATH does not match the format." nil nil)
|
|
|
1335
|
|
|
1336 ;;;***
|
|
|
1337
|
|
|
1338 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-path-file-handler-function) "efs-dump" "efs/efs-dump.el")
|
|
|
1339
|
|
|
1340 (or (assoc efs-path-root-regexp file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (cons efs-path-root-regexp 'remote-path-file-handler-function) file-name-handler-alist)))
|
|
|
1341
|
|
|
1342 (autoload 'remote-path-file-handler-function "efs-dump" "\
|
|
|
1343 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
|
|
114
|
1344
|
|
|
1345 ;;;***
|
|
|
1346
|
|
118
|
1347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "efs-fnh" "efs/efs-fnh.el")
|
|
|
1348
|
|
|
1349 (defvar allow-remote-paths t "\
|
|
|
1350 *Set this to nil if you don't want remote paths to access
|
|
|
1351 remote files.")
|
|
|
1352
|
|
|
1353 ;;;***
|
|
|
1354
|
|
114
|
1355 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-root-file-name-completion efs-root-file-name-all-completions efs-set-passwd) "efs-netrc" "efs/efs-netrc.el")
|
|
|
1356
|
|
|
1357 (autoload 'efs-set-passwd "efs-netrc" "\
|
|
|
1358 For a given HOST and USER, set or change the associated PASSWORD." t nil)
|
|
|
1359
|
|
|
1360 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-all-completions "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1361
|
|
|
1362 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-completion "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1363
|
|
|
1364 ;;;***
|
|
|
1365
|
|
|
1366 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-report-bug) "efs-report" "efs/efs-report.el")
|
|
|
1367
|
|
|
1368 (autoload 'efs-report-bug "efs-report" "\
|
|
|
1369 Submit a bug report for efs." t nil)
|
|
|
1370
|
|
|
1371 ;;;***
|
|
|
1372
|
|
116
|
1373 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-file-handler-function efs-nslookup-host efs-display-ftp-activity) "efs" "efs/efs.el")
|
|
|
1374
|
|
|
1375 (autoload 'efs-display-ftp-activity "efs" "\
|
|
|
1376 Displays the number of active background ftp sessions in the modeline.
|
|
|
1377 Uses the variable `efs-mode-line-format' to determine how this will be
|
|
|
1378 displayed." t nil)
|
|
114
|
1379
|
|
|
1380 (autoload 'efs-nslookup-host "efs" "\
|
|
|
1381 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
|
|
|
1382
|
|
|
1383 (autoload 'efs-file-handler-function "efs" "\
|
|
|
1384 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
|
|
|
1385
|
|
|
1386 ;;;***
|
|
|
1387
|
|
78
|
1388 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "electric/ebuff-menu.el")
|
|
|
1389
|
|
|
1390 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
|
|
|
1391 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
|
|
|
1392 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
|
|
|
1393 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
|
|
|
1394
|
|
|
1395 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
|
|
|
1396 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
|
|
|
1397 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
|
|
|
1398
|
|
|
1399 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
|
|
|
1400 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
|
|
|
1401 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
|
|
|
1402
|
|
|
1403 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
|
|
|
1404
|
|
|
1405 Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.
|
|
|
1406 When called from Lisp code, FILES-ONLY may be a regular expression,
|
|
|
1407 in which case only buffers whose names match that expression are listed,
|
|
|
1408 or an arbitrary predicate function.
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
1411
|
|
|
1412 ;;;***
|
|
|
1413
|
|
|
1414 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-command-history Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "electric/echistory.el")
|
|
|
1415
|
|
|
1416 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1417 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
|
|
|
1418 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
|
|
|
1419
|
|
|
1420 (autoload 'electric-command-history "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1421 \\<electric-history-map>Major mode for examining and redoing commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
1422 This pops up a window with the Command History listing.
|
|
|
1423 The number of command listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
1424 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1425 Combines typeout Command History list window with menu like selection
|
|
|
1426 of an expression from the history for re-evaluation in the *original* buffer.
|
|
|
1427
|
|
|
1428 The history displayed is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1429
|
|
|
1430 Like Emacs-Lisp mode except that characters do not insert themselves and
|
|
|
1431 Tab and Linefeed do not indent. Instead these commands are provided:
|
|
|
1432 \\{electric-history-map}
|
|
|
1433
|
|
|
1434 Calls the value of `electric-command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
1435 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
1436
|
|
|
1437 ;;;***
|
|
|
1438
|
|
|
1439 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "electric/ehelp.el")
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
|
|
|
1442 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
|
|
|
1443 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
|
|
|
1444 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
|
|
|
1445 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
|
|
|
1446 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
|
|
|
1447 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
|
|
|
1448 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
|
|
|
1449
|
|
|
1450 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1451 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
|
|
|
1452
|
|
|
1453 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
|
|
|
1454 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
|
|
|
1455 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
|
|
|
1456 this value is non-nil.
|
|
|
1457
|
|
|
1458 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1459 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
|
|
|
1460 things.
|
|
|
1461
|
|
|
1462 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
|
|
|
1463 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
|
|
|
1464 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
|
|
|
1465
|
|
|
1466 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1467
|
|
|
1468 ;;;***
|
|
|
1469
|
|
|
1470 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "electric/helper.el")
|
|
|
1471
|
|
|
1472 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
|
|
|
1473 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1474
|
|
|
1475 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
|
|
|
1476 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1477
|
|
|
1478 ;;;***
|
|
|
1479
|
|
|
1480 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulators/edt.el")
|
|
|
1481
|
|
|
1482 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
|
|
|
1483 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1484
|
|
|
1485 ;;;***
|
|
|
1486
|
|
|
1487 ;;;### (autoloads (teco-command) "teco" "emulators/teco.el")
|
|
|
1488
|
|
|
1489 (autoload 'teco-command "teco" "\
|
|
|
1490 Read and execute a Teco command string." t nil)
|
|
|
1491
|
|
|
1492 ;;;***
|
|
|
1493
|
|
|
1494 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulators/tpu-edt.el")
|
|
|
1495
|
|
|
1496 (fset 'tpu-edt-mode 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1497
|
|
|
1498 (fset 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1499
|
|
|
1500 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
|
|
|
1501 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1502
|
|
|
1503 ;;;***
|
|
|
1504
|
|
|
1505 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "emulators/tpu-extras.el")
|
|
|
1506
|
|
|
1507 (autoload 'tpu-set-scroll-margins "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1508 Set scroll margins." t nil)
|
|
|
1509
|
|
|
1510 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-free "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1511 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
|
|
|
1512
|
|
|
1513 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-bound "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1514 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
|
|
|
1515
|
|
|
1516 ;;;***
|
|
|
1517
|
|
|
1518 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulators/ws-mode.el")
|
|
|
1519
|
|
|
1520 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
|
|
|
1521 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
|
|
|
1522
|
|
|
1523 BUGS:
|
|
|
1524 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
|
|
|
1525 are not implemented
|
|
|
1526 - Options for search and replace
|
|
|
1527 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
|
|
|
1528 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
|
|
|
1529
|
|
|
1530 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
|
|
|
1531 Emacs-like.
|
|
|
1532
|
|
|
1533 The key bindings are:
|
|
|
1534
|
|
|
1535 C-a backward-word
|
|
|
1536 C-b fill-paragraph
|
|
|
1537 C-c scroll-up-line
|
|
|
1538 C-d forward-char
|
|
|
1539 C-e previous-line
|
|
|
1540 C-f forward-word
|
|
|
1541 C-g delete-char
|
|
|
1542 C-h backward-char
|
|
|
1543 C-i indent-for-tab-command
|
|
|
1544 C-j help-for-help
|
|
|
1545 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
|
|
|
1546 C-l ws-repeat-search
|
|
|
1547 C-n open-line
|
|
|
1548 C-p quoted-insert
|
|
|
1549 C-r scroll-down-line
|
|
|
1550 C-s backward-char
|
|
|
1551 C-t kill-word
|
|
|
1552 C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1553 C-v overwrite-mode
|
|
|
1554 C-w scroll-down
|
|
|
1555 C-x next-line
|
|
|
1556 C-y kill-complete-line
|
|
|
1557 C-z scroll-up
|
|
|
1558
|
|
|
1559 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
|
|
|
1560 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
|
|
|
1561 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
|
|
|
1562 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
|
|
|
1563 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
|
|
|
1564 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
|
|
|
1565 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
|
|
|
1566 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
|
|
|
1567 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
|
|
|
1568 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
|
|
|
1569 C-k b ws-begin-block
|
|
|
1570 C-k c ws-copy-block
|
|
|
1571 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
|
|
|
1572 C-k f find-file
|
|
|
1573 C-k h ws-show-markers
|
|
|
1574 C-k i ws-indent-block
|
|
|
1575 C-k k ws-end-block
|
|
|
1576 C-k p ws-print-block
|
|
|
1577 C-k q kill-emacs
|
|
|
1578 C-k r insert-file
|
|
|
1579 C-k s save-some-buffers
|
|
|
1580 C-k t ws-mark-word
|
|
|
1581 C-k u ws-exdent-block
|
|
|
1582 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1583 C-k v ws-move-block
|
|
|
1584 C-k w ws-write-block
|
|
|
1585 C-k x kill-emacs
|
|
|
1586 C-k y ws-delete-block
|
|
|
1587
|
|
|
1588 C-o c wordstar-center-line
|
|
|
1589 C-o b switch-to-buffer
|
|
|
1590 C-o j justify-current-line
|
|
|
1591 C-o k kill-buffer
|
|
|
1592 C-o l list-buffers
|
|
|
1593 C-o m auto-fill-mode
|
|
|
1594 C-o r set-fill-column
|
|
|
1595 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1596 C-o wd delete-other-windows
|
|
|
1597 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
|
|
|
1598 C-o wo other-window
|
|
|
1599 C-o wv split-window-vertically
|
|
|
1600
|
|
|
1601 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
|
|
|
1602 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
|
|
|
1603 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
|
|
|
1604 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
|
|
|
1605 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
|
|
|
1606 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
|
|
|
1607 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
|
|
|
1608 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
|
|
|
1609 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
|
|
|
1610 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
|
|
|
1611 C-q a ws-query-replace
|
|
|
1612 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
|
|
|
1613 C-q c end-of-buffer
|
|
|
1614 C-q d end-of-line
|
|
|
1615 C-q f ws-search
|
|
|
1616 C-q k ws-to-block-end
|
|
|
1617 C-q l ws-undo
|
|
|
1618 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
|
|
|
1619 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
|
|
|
1620 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1621 C-q w ws-last-error
|
|
|
1622 C-q y ws-kill-eol
|
|
|
1623 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
|
|
|
1624 " t nil)
|
|
|
1625
|
|
|
1626 ;;;***
|
|
|
1627
|
|
151
|
1628 ;;;### (autoloads (term make-term) "term" "eterm/term.el")
|
|
|
1629
|
|
|
1630 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
|
|
|
1631 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
|
|
|
1632 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
|
|
|
1633 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
|
|
|
1634 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
|
|
|
1635 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
|
|
|
1636
|
|
|
1637 (autoload 'term "term" "\
|
|
|
1638 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1639
|
|
|
1640 ;;;***
|
|
|
1641
|
|
|
1642 ;;;### (autoloads (tperldb txdb tdbx tsdb tgdb) "tgud" "eterm/tgud.el")
|
|
|
1643
|
|
|
1644 (autoload 'tgdb "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1645 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1646 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1647 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
1648
|
|
|
1649 (autoload 'tsdb "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1650 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1651 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1652 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
1653
|
|
|
1654 (autoload 'tdbx "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1655 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1656 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1657 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 (autoload 'txdb "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1660 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1661 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1662 and source-file directory for your debugger.
|
|
|
1663
|
|
|
1664 You can set the variable 'tgud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
|
|
|
1665 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
|
|
|
1666
|
|
|
1667 (autoload 'tperldb "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1668 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1669 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1670 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
1671
|
|
|
1672 ;;;***
|
|
|
1673
|
|
|
1674 ;;;### (autoloads (tshell) "tshell" "eterm/tshell.el")
|
|
|
1675
|
|
|
1676 (defvar tshell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
|
|
|
1677 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
|
|
|
1678 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
|
|
|
1679 This variable is used to initialise `term-prompt-regexp' in the
|
|
|
1680 shell buffer.
|
|
|
1681
|
|
|
1682 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
|
|
|
1683 tshell-mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
|
|
|
1684 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
|
|
|
1685
|
|
|
1686 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
|
|
|
1687
|
|
|
1688 (autoload 'tshell "tshell" "\
|
|
|
1689 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
|
|
|
1690 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
|
|
|
1691 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
|
|
|
1692 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
|
|
|
1693 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
|
|
|
1694 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
|
|
|
1695 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
|
|
|
1696 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
|
|
|
1697 discards input when it starts up.)
|
|
|
1698 The buffer is put in Tshell mode, giving commands for sending input
|
|
|
1699 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `tshell-mode'.
|
|
|
1700 See also the variable `tshell-prompt-pattern'.
|
|
|
1701
|
|
|
1702 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
|
|
|
1703 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
|
|
|
1704 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
|
|
|
1705 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
|
|
|
1706
|
|
|
1707 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
1708
|
|
|
1709 ;;;***
|
|
|
1710
|
|
78
|
1711 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "games/blackbox.el")
|
|
|
1712
|
|
|
1713 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
|
|
|
1714 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
|
|
|
1715 the default is 4.
|
|
|
1716
|
|
|
1717 What is blackbox?
|
|
|
1718
|
|
|
1719 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
|
|
|
1720 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
|
|
|
1721 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
|
|
|
1722 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
|
|
|
1723 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
|
|
|
1724 your score.
|
|
|
1725
|
|
|
1726 Overview of play:
|
|
|
1727
|
|
|
1728 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
|
|
|
1729 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
|
|
|
1730 four.
|
|
|
1731
|
|
|
1732 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
|
|
|
1733 movement keys.
|
|
|
1734
|
|
|
1735 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
|
|
|
1736 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
|
|
|
1737
|
|
|
1738 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
|
|
|
1739 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
|
|
|
1740
|
|
|
1741 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
|
|
|
1742 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
|
|
|
1743 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
|
|
|
1744 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
|
|
|
1745 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
|
|
|
1746 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
|
|
|
1747
|
|
|
1748 Details:
|
|
|
1749
|
|
|
1750 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
|
|
|
1751
|
|
|
1752 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
|
|
|
1753 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
|
|
|
1754 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
|
|
|
1755 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
|
|
|
1756
|
|
|
1757 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
|
|
|
1758 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
|
|
|
1759 denoted by the letter `R'.
|
|
|
1760
|
|
|
1761 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
|
|
|
1762 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
|
|
|
1763 denoted by the letter `H'.
|
|
|
1764
|
|
|
1765 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
|
|
|
1766 example.
|
|
|
1767
|
|
|
1768 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
|
|
|
1769 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
|
|
|
1770 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
|
|
|
1771 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
|
|
|
1772 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
|
|
|
1773 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
|
|
|
1774 ray.
|
|
|
1775
|
|
|
1776 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
|
|
|
1777 degree deflection it causes.
|
|
|
1778
|
|
|
1779 1
|
|
|
1780 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1781 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1782 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
|
|
|
1783 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
|
|
|
1784 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
|
|
|
1785 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
|
|
|
1786 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
|
|
|
1787 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
|
|
|
1788 2 3
|
|
|
1789
|
|
|
1790 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
|
|
|
1791 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
|
|
|
1792
|
|
|
1793
|
|
|
1794 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1795 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1796 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1797 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1798 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1799 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1800 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1801 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1802
|
|
|
1803 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
|
|
|
1804 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
|
|
|
1805 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
|
|
|
1806 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
|
|
|
1807 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
|
|
|
1808 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
|
|
|
1809 emerging from the box.
|
|
|
1810
|
|
|
1811 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
|
|
|
1812
|
|
|
1813 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1814 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
|
|
|
1815 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
|
|
|
1816 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
|
|
|
1817 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
|
|
|
1818 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1819 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1820 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1821
|
|
|
1822 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
|
|
|
1823 a reflection." t nil)
|
|
|
1824
|
|
|
1825 ;;;***
|
|
|
1826
|
|
|
1827 ;;;### (autoloads (conx-load conx conx-region conx-buffer) "conx" "games/conx.el")
|
|
|
1828
|
|
|
1829 (autoload 'conx-buffer "conx" "\
|
|
|
1830 Absorb the text in the current buffer into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1831
|
|
|
1832 (autoload 'conx-region "conx" "\
|
|
|
1833 Absorb the text in the current region into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1834
|
|
|
1835 (autoload 'conx "conx" "\
|
|
|
1836 Generate some random sentences in the *conx* buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1837
|
|
|
1838 (autoload 'conx-load "conx" "\
|
|
|
1839 Load in a CONX database written by the \\[conx-save] command.
|
|
|
1840 This clears the database currently in memory." t nil)
|
|
|
1841
|
|
|
1842 ;;;***
|
|
|
1843
|
|
|
1844 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) "cookie1" "games/cookie1.el")
|
|
|
1845
|
|
|
1846 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1847 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1848 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1849
|
|
|
1850 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1851 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1852 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1853
|
|
|
1854 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1855 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
|
|
|
1856 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
|
|
|
1857 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
1858
|
|
|
1859 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1860 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
|
|
|
1861
|
|
|
1862 ;;;***
|
|
|
1863
|
|
80
|
1864 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "games/decipher.el")
|
|
|
1865
|
|
|
1866 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1867 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1868
|
|
|
1869 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1870 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
|
|
|
1871 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
|
|
|
1872 Upper-case letters are commands.
|
|
|
1873
|
|
|
1874 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
|
|
|
1875 modify it.
|
|
|
1876
|
|
|
1877 The most useful commands are:
|
|
|
1878 \\<decipher-mode-map>
|
|
|
1879 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
|
|
|
1880 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
|
|
|
1881 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
|
|
|
1882 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
|
|
|
1883 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
|
|
|
1884
|
|
|
1885 ;;;***
|
|
|
1886
|
|
78
|
1887 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "games/dissociate.el")
|
|
|
1888
|
|
|
1889 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
|
|
|
1890 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
|
|
|
1891 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
|
|
|
1892 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
|
|
|
1893 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
|
|
|
1894 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
|
|
|
1895 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
|
|
|
1896 Default is 2." t nil)
|
|
|
1897
|
|
|
1898 ;;;***
|
|
|
1899
|
|
|
1900 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "games/doctor.el")
|
|
|
1901
|
|
|
1902 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
|
|
|
1903 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
|
|
|
1904
|
|
|
1905 ;;;***
|
|
|
1906
|
|
|
1907 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "games/dunnet.el")
|
|
|
1908
|
|
|
1909 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
|
|
|
1910 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
|
|
|
1911
|
|
|
1912 ;;;***
|
|
|
1913
|
|
|
1914 ;;;### (autoloads (flame) "flame" "games/flame.el")
|
|
|
1915
|
|
|
1916 (autoload 'flame "flame" "\
|
|
|
1917 Generate ARG (default 1) sentences of half-crazed gibberish." t nil)
|
|
|
1918
|
|
|
1919 ;;;***
|
|
|
1920
|
|
|
1921 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "games/gomoku.el")
|
|
|
1922
|
|
|
1923 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
|
|
|
1924 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
|
|
|
1925 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
|
|
|
1926 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
|
|
|
1927
|
|
|
1928 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
|
|
|
1929 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
|
|
|
1930 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
|
|
|
1931 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
|
|
|
1932 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
|
|
|
1933 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
|
|
|
1934
|
|
|
1935 ;;;***
|
|
|
1936
|
|
|
1937 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi) "hanoi" "games/hanoi.el")
|
|
|
1938
|
|
|
1939 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
|
|
|
1940 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Argument is number of rings." t nil)
|
|
|
1941
|
|
|
1942 ;;;***
|
|
|
1943
|
|
|
1944 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "games/life.el")
|
|
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 (autoload 'life "life" "\
|
|
|
1947 Run Conway's Life simulation.
|
|
|
1948 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
|
|
|
1949 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
|
|
|
1950 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
|
|
|
1951
|
|
|
1952 ;;;***
|
|
|
1953
|
|
|
1954 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "games/mpuz.el")
|
|
|
1955
|
|
|
1956 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
|
|
|
1957 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
|
|
|
1958
|
|
|
1959 ;;;***
|
|
|
1960
|
|
|
1961 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "games/spook.el")
|
|
|
1962
|
|
|
1963 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
|
|
|
1964 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
1965
|
|
|
1966 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
|
|
|
1967 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
1968
|
|
|
1969 ;;;***
|
|
|
1970
|
|
120
|
1971 ;;;### (autoloads (xmine-mode) "xmine" "games/xmine.el")
|
|
|
1972
|
|
|
1973 (autoload 'xmine-mode "xmine" "\
|
|
|
1974 A mode for playing the well known mine searching game.
|
|
|
1975
|
|
|
1976 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button1]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action1]' unhides a tile,
|
|
|
1977 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button2]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action2]' unhides all neighbours of a tile,
|
|
|
1978 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button3]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action3]' (un)flagges a tile to hold a mine.
|
|
|
1979
|
|
|
1980 `\\[xmine-key-new]' starts a new game.
|
|
|
1981 `\\[xmine-key-quit]' ends a game.
|
|
|
1982
|
|
|
1983 All keybindings (with alternatives) currently in effect:
|
|
|
1984 \\{xmine-keymap}
|
|
|
1985
|
|
|
1986 The rules are quite easy: You start by unhiding (random) tiles. An unhidden
|
|
|
1987 tile showing a number tells you something about the number of mines in it's
|
|
|
1988 neighborhood, where the neighborhood are all 8 tiles (or less if it's
|
|
|
1989 at a border) around the tile.
|
|
|
1990
|
|
|
1991 E.g. a \"1\" shows you that there is only one mine in the neighborhood of
|
|
|
1992 this tile. Empty tiles have no mines around them, and empty tiles in
|
|
|
1993 the neighborhood of another empty tile are all automatically unhidden
|
|
|
1994 if you unhide one of them. You need to find a strategy to use the
|
|
|
1995 information you have from the numbers to \"flag\" the tiles with mines
|
|
|
1996 under them and unhide all other tiles. If you correctly made this
|
|
|
1997 without accidently unhiding a mine, you've won.
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
1999 If you are sure you have correctly flagged all mines around a unhidden tile,
|
|
|
2000 you can use Button-2 or \\[xmine-key-action2] on it to unhide all it's
|
|
|
2001 neighbors. But beware: If you made a mistake by flagging the wrong mines,
|
|
|
2002 you'll blow up!
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004 Have Fun." t nil)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006 (fset 'xmine 'xmine-mode)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008 ;;;***
|
|
|
2009
|
|
78
|
2010 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism yow) "yow" "games/yow.el")
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
|
|
|
2013 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
|
|
|
2016 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
2018 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
|
|
|
2019 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
2020 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
|
|
|
2021
|
|
|
2022 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
|
|
|
2023 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
|
|
|
2024
|
|
|
2025 ;;;***
|
|
|
2026
|
|
110
|
2027 ;;;### (autoloads (gnats:summ-pr gnats:query-pr gnats:edit-pr gnats:view-pr gnats:gnats-mode) "gnats" "gnats/gnats.el")
|
|
|
2028
|
|
|
2029 (defvar gnats::mode-name nil "\
|
|
|
2030 Name of the GNATS mode.")
|
|
|
2031
|
|
|
2032 (setq gnats::mode-name 'gnats:gnats-mode)
|
|
|
2033
|
|
|
2034 (fset 'gnats-mode gnats::mode-name)
|
|
|
2035
|
|
|
2036 (autoload 'gnats:gnats-mode "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2037 Major mode for editing problem reports.
|
|
|
2038 For information about the form see gnats(1) and pr_form(5).
|
|
|
2039
|
|
|
2040 When you are finished editing the buffer, type \\[gnats:submit-pr] to commit
|
|
|
2041 your changes to the PR database. To abort the edit, type
|
|
|
2042 \\[gnats:unlock-buffer].
|
|
|
2043
|
|
|
2044 Special commands:
|
|
|
2045 \\{gnats-mode-map}
|
|
|
2046 Turning on gnats-mode calls the value of the variable gnats-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2047 if it is not nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2048
|
|
|
2049 (fset 'view-pr 'gnats:view-pr)
|
|
|
2050
|
|
|
2051 (autoload 'gnats:view-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2052 Visit the problem report named by the string ID. While viewing, press
|
|
|
2053 'e' to edit the currently viewed PR." t nil)
|
|
|
2054
|
|
|
2055 (fset 'edit-pr 'gnats:edit-pr)
|
|
|
2056
|
|
|
2057 (autoload 'gnats:edit-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2058 Edit the problem report named by the string ID." t nil)
|
|
|
2059
|
|
|
2060 (fset 'query-pr 'gnats:query-pr)
|
|
|
2061
|
|
|
2062 (autoload 'gnats:query-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2063 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
2064 While query-pr runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
2065 to find the text that the hits refer to." t nil)
|
|
|
2066
|
|
|
2067 (fset 'summ-pr 'gnats:summ-pr)
|
|
|
2068
|
|
|
2069 (autoload 'gnats:summ-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2070 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and display a pretty summary.
|
|
|
2071 Well, display a summary, at least." t nil)
|
|
|
2072
|
|
|
2073 ;;;***
|
|
|
2074
|
|
|
2075 ;;;### (autoloads (send-pr:send-pr-mode send-pr:send-pr) "send-pr" "gnats/send-pr.el")
|
|
|
2076
|
|
|
2077 (fset 'send-pr 'send-pr:send-pr)
|
|
|
2078
|
|
|
2079 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr "send-pr" "\
|
|
|
2080 Create a buffer and read in the result of `send-pr -P'.
|
|
|
2081 When finished with editing the problem report use \\[send-pr:submit-pr]
|
|
|
2082 to send the PR with `send-pr -b -f -'." t nil)
|
|
|
2083
|
|
|
2084 (fset 'send-pr-mode 'send-pr:send-pr-mode)
|
|
|
2085
|
|
|
2086 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr-mode "send-pr" "\
|
|
|
2087 Major mode for submitting problem reports.
|
|
|
2088 For information about the form see gnats(1) and send-pr(1).
|
|
|
2089 Special commands: \\{send-pr-mode-map}
|
|
|
2090 Turning on send-pr-mode calls the value of the variable send-pr-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2091 if it is not nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2092
|
|
|
2093 ;;;***
|
|
|
2094
|
|
78
|
2095 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el")
|
|
|
2096
|
|
|
2097 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
|
|
|
2098 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
2099
|
|
|
2100 ;;;***
|
|
|
2101
|
|
98
|
2102 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el")
|
|
|
2103
|
|
|
2104 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
|
|
|
2105 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
|
|
|
2106
|
|
|
2107 ;;;***
|
|
|
2108
|
|
78
|
2109 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el")
|
|
|
2110
|
|
|
2111 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
98
|
2112 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
|
|
|
2113
|
|
|
2114 Usage:
|
|
|
2115 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
|
|
78
|
2116
|
|
|
2117 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
2118 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
|
|
|
2119
|
|
|
2120 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
2121 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
|
|
|
2122
|
|
|
2123 ;;;***
|
|
|
2124
|
|
98
|
2125 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el")
|
|
|
2126
|
|
|
2127 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
|
|
|
2128 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
|
|
|
2129 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
|
|
|
2130
|
|
|
2131 ;;;***
|
|
|
2132
|
|
|
2133 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el")
|
|
|
2134
|
|
|
2135 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
|
|
|
2136
|
|
|
2137 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
|
|
|
2138 Run batched scoring.
|
|
|
2139 Usage: emacs -batch -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score <newsgroups> ...
|
|
|
2140 Newsgroups is a list of strings in Bnews format. If you want to score
|
|
|
2141 the comp hierarchy, you'd say \"comp.all\". If you would not like to
|
|
|
2142 score the alt hierarchy, you'd say \"!alt.all\"." t nil)
|
|
|
2143
|
|
|
2144 ;;;***
|
|
|
2145
|
|
|
2146 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el")
|
|
|
2147
|
|
|
2148 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
|
|
|
2149 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
|
|
|
2150 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2151
|
|
|
2152 ;;;***
|
|
|
2153
|
|
|
2154 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el")
|
|
|
2155
|
|
|
2156 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
|
|
|
2157 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
|
|
|
2158 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
|
|
|
2159 for matching on group names.
|
|
|
2160
|
|
|
2161 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
|
|
|
2162 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
|
|
|
2163
|
|
|
2164 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"" t nil)
|
|
|
2165
|
|
|
2166 ;;;***
|
|
|
2167
|
|
98
|
2168 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el")
|
|
|
2169
|
|
|
2170 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
|
|
78
|
2171 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
|
|
|
2172
|
|
98
|
2173 ;;;***
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el")
|
|
|
2176
|
|
|
2177 (autoload 'gnus-unload "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
2178 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
|
|
|
2179
|
|
|
2180 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
2181 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
|
|
|
2182
|
|
|
2183 ;;;***
|
|
|
2184
|
|
|
2185 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el")
|
|
|
2186
|
|
|
2187 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
|
|
78
|
2188 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
|
|
|
2189
|
|
98
|
2190 ;;;***
|
|
|
2191
|
|
|
2192 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el")
|
|
|
2193
|
|
78
|
2194 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2195 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server" t nil)
|
|
|
2196
|
|
|
2197 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2198 Read network news.
|
|
|
2199 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2200 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
|
|
|
2201 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2202 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
|
|
|
2203 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
|
|
|
2204
|
|
|
2205 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2206 Read news as a slave." t nil)
|
|
|
2207
|
|
|
2208 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2209 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
|
|
|
2210
|
|
|
2211 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2212 Read network news.
|
|
|
2213 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2214 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2215 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2216
|
|
|
2217 ;;;***
|
|
|
2218
|
|
|
2219 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message" "gnus/message.el")
|
|
|
2220
|
|
98
|
2221 (defcustom message-from-style 'default "*Specifies how \"From\" headers look.\n\nIf `nil', they contain just the return address like:\n king@grassland.com\nIf `parens', they look like:\n king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)\nIf `angles', they look like:\n Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>\n\nOtherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like\n`parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not." :type '(choice (const :tag "simple" nil) (const parens) (const angles) (const default)) :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2222
|
|
|
2223 (defcustom message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "Regexp matching the signature separator." :type 'regexp :group 'message-various)
|
|
|
2224
|
|
|
2225 (defcustom message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "*Local news organization file." :type 'file :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2226
|
|
|
2227 (defcustom message-send-mail-function 'message-send-mail-with-sendmail "Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.\nThe headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the\nvariable `mail-header-separator'.\n\nLegal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),\n`message-send-mail-with-mh' and `message-send-mail-with-qmail'." :type '(radio (function-item message-send-mail-with-sendmail) (function-item message-send-mail-with-mh) (function-item message-send-mail-with-qmail) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-sending :group 'message-mail)
|
|
|
2228
|
|
|
2229 (defcustom message-citation-line-function 'message-insert-citation-line "*Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2230
|
|
|
2231 (defcustom message-yank-prefix "> " "*Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.\nnil means use indentation." :type 'string :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2232
|
|
|
2233 (defcustom message-cite-function (if (and (boundp 'mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook 'message-cite-original) "*Function for citing an original message." :type '(radio (function-item message-cite-original) (function-item sc-cite-original) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2234
|
|
|
2235 (defcustom message-indent-citation-function 'message-indent-citation "*Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.\nThis can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the\ncitation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave\npoint and mark around the citation text as modified." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2236
|
|
|
2237 (defcustom message-signature t "*String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.\nIf t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.\nIf a function, the result from the function will be used instead.\nIf a form, the result from the form will be used instead." :type 'sexp :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2238
|
|
|
2239 (defcustom message-signature-file "~/.signature" "*File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer." :type 'file :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
78
|
2240
|
|
|
2241 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
|
|
|
2242 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
|
|
|
2243 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
2244 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
|
|
|
2245 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
2246 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
|
|
|
2247 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
|
|
98
|
2248 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
|
|
78
|
2249 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
|
|
|
2250 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
|
|
98
|
2251 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
|
|
78
|
2252 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
|
|
|
2253 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
|
|
|
2254 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
2255 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
|
|
|
2256 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
2257 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
|
|
|
2258 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
98
|
2259 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
|
|
|
2260 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2261
|
|
|
2262 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
|
|
|
2263 Start editing a mail message to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2264
|
|
|
2265 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2266 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2267
|
|
|
2268 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2269 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2270
|
|
98
|
2271 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2272 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2273
|
|
|
2274 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
|
|
|
2275 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2276 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2277
|
|
|
2278 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2279 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
|
|
|
2280
|
|
|
2281 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
|
|
|
2282 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
|
|
|
2283 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
|
|
|
2284 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
|
|
|
2285
|
|
|
2286 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
|
|
|
2287 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
|
|
|
2288
|
|
|
2289 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
|
|
108
|
2290 Forward the current message via mail.
|
|
78
|
2291 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2292
|
|
|
2293 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
|
|
|
2294 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
|
|
|
2295
|
|
|
2296 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
|
|
|
2297 Re-mail the current message.
|
|
|
2298 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
|
|
|
2299 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
|
|
|
2300 you." t nil)
|
|
|
2301
|
|
|
2302 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2303 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
2304
|
|
|
2305 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2306 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
2307
|
|
|
2308 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2309 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2310
|
|
|
2311 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2312 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2313
|
|
|
2314 (autoload 'bold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2315 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
2316 Works by overstriking characters.
|
|
|
2317 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2318 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2319
|
|
|
2320 (autoload 'unbold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2321 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
|
|
|
2322 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2323 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2324
|
|
|
2325 ;;;***
|
|
|
2326
|
|
98
|
2327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "messcompat" "gnus/messcompat.el")
|
|
|
2328
|
|
|
2329 (defvar message-signature-file mail-signature-file "\
|
|
|
2330 *File containing the text inserted at end of message. buffer.")
|
|
|
2331
|
|
|
2332 ;;;***
|
|
|
2333
|
|
|
2334 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el")
|
|
|
2335
|
|
|
2336 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
|
|
|
2337 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
|
|
|
2338 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
|
|
|
2339 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
|
|
|
2340 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
|
|
|
2341 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
|
|
|
2342
|
|
|
2343 ;;;***
|
|
|
2344
|
|
78
|
2345 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el")
|
|
|
2346
|
|
|
2347 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
|
|
|
2348 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2349
|
|
|
2350 ;;;***
|
|
|
2351
|
|
|
2352 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el")
|
|
|
2353
|
|
|
2354 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
|
|
|
2355 Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups
|
|
|
2356 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2357
|
|
|
2358 ;;;***
|
|
|
2359
|
|
|
2360 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el")
|
|
|
2361
|
|
|
2362 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
|
|
112
|
2363 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2364
|
|
|
2365 ;;;***
|
|
|
2366
|
|
|
2367 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el")
|
|
|
2368
|
|
|
2369 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2370 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
|
|
|
2371
|
|
|
2372 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2373 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2374
|
|
|
2375 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2376 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
|
|
|
2377
|
|
|
2378 ;;;***
|
|
|
2379
|
|
|
2380 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el")
|
|
|
2381
|
|
|
2382 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
|
|
|
2383 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
|
|
|
2384 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
|
|
|
2385
|
|
|
2386 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
2387
|
|
|
2388 ;;;***
|
|
|
2389
|
|
|
2390 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-smiley-display smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el")
|
|
|
2391
|
|
|
2392 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
|
|
|
2393 Smilify the region between point and mark." t nil)
|
|
|
2394
|
|
|
2395 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2396
|
|
136
|
2397 (autoload 'gnus-smiley-display "smiley" "\
|
|
|
2398 Display \"smileys\" as small graphical icons." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2399
|
|
|
2400 ;;;***
|
|
|
2401
|
|
|
2402 ;;;### (autoloads (hm--html-minor-mode hm--html-mode) "hm--html-mode" "hm--html-menus/hm--html-mode.el")
|
|
|
2403
|
|
|
2404 (autoload 'hm--html-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2405 Major mode for editing HTML hypertext documents.
|
|
|
2406 Special commands:\\{hm--html-mode-map}
|
|
|
2407 Turning on hm--html-mode calls the value of the variable hm--html-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2408 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2409
|
|
|
2410 (autoload 'hm--html-minor-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2411 Toggle hm--html-minor-mode.
|
|
|
2412 With arg, turn hm--html-minor-mode on iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2413
|
|
|
2414 ;;;***
|
|
|
2415
|
|
|
2416 ;;;### (autoloads (html-view-get-display html-view-goto-url html-view-view-buffer html-view-view-file html-view-start-mosaic) "html-view" "hm--html-menus/html-view.el")
|
|
|
2417
|
|
|
2418 (autoload 'html-view-start-mosaic "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2419 Start Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2420
|
|
|
2421 (autoload 'html-view-view-file "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2422 View an html file with Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2423
|
|
|
2424 (autoload 'html-view-view-buffer "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2425 View html buffer with Mosaic.
|
|
|
2426 If BUFFER-TO-VIEW is nil, then the current buffer is used." t nil)
|
|
|
2427
|
|
|
2428 (autoload 'html-view-goto-url "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2429 Goto an URL in Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2430
|
|
|
2431 (autoload 'html-view-get-display "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2432 Get the display for Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2433
|
|
|
2434 ;;;***
|
|
|
2435
|
|
98
|
2436 ;;;### (autoloads (tmpl-insert-template-file tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer tmpl-expand-templates-in-region) "tmpl-minor-mode" "hm--html-menus/tmpl-minor-mode.el")
|
|
|
2437
|
|
|
2438 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-region "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2439 Expands the templates in the region from BEGIN to END.
|
|
|
2440 If BEGIN and END are nil, then the current region is used." t nil)
|
|
98
|
2441
|
|
|
2442 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2443 Expands all templates in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
98
|
2444
|
|
|
2445 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
|
2446 Inserts a template FILE and expands it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
|
|
|
2447 This command tries to read the template file from a list of
|
|
116
|
2448 predefined directories (look at `tmpl-template-dir-list') and it filters
|
|
|
2449 the contents of these directories with the regular expression
|
|
98
|
2450 `tmpl-filter-regexp' (look also at this variable).
|
|
|
2451 The command uses a history variable, which could be changed with the
|
|
|
2452 variable `tmpl-history-variable-name'.
|
|
|
2453
|
|
116
|
2454 The user of the command is able to change interactively to another
|
|
98
|
2455 directory by entering at first the string \"Change the directory\".
|
|
116
|
2456 This may be too difficult for the user. Therefore another command
|
|
98
|
2457 called `tmpl-insert-template-file' exist, which doesn't use fixed
|
|
|
2458 directories and filters." t nil)
|
|
|
2459
|
|
|
2460 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2461 Inserts a template FILE and expand it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
|
|
98
|
2462 Look also at `tmpl-template-dir-list', to specify a default template directory.
|
|
|
2463 You should also take a look at `tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs'
|
|
|
2464 which has additional advantages (and disadvantages :-).
|
|
|
2465
|
|
|
2466 ATTENTION: The interface of this function has changed. The old
|
|
|
2467 function had the argument list (&optional TEMPLATE-DIR AUTOMATIC-EXPAND).
|
|
|
2468 The variables `tmpl-template-dir-list' and `tmpl-automatic-expand' must
|
|
|
2469 now be used instead of the args TEMPLATE-DIR and AUTOMATIC-EXPAND." t nil)
|
|
|
2470
|
|
|
2471 ;;;***
|
|
|
2472
|
|
78
|
2473 ;;;### (autoloads (hmail:compose) "hmail" "hyperbole/hmail.el")
|
|
|
2474
|
|
|
2475 (autoload 'hmail:compose "hmail" "\
|
|
|
2476 Compose mail with ADDRESS and evaluation of EXPR.
|
|
|
2477 Optional SUBJECT and HELP message may also be given." t nil)
|
|
|
2478
|
|
|
2479 ;;;***
|
|
|
2480
|
|
|
2481 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-handle-in-note smart-info-assist smart-info) "hmous-info" "hyperbole/hmous-info.el")
|
|
|
2482
|
|
|
2483 (autoload 'smart-info "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2484 Walks through Info documentation networks using one key or mouse key.
|
|
|
2485
|
|
|
2486 If key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2487 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2488 is found;
|
|
|
2489 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2490 the desired node is found;
|
|
|
2491 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2492 the 'Top' node within that file is found;
|
|
|
2493 (4) at the end of the current node, the Next node is found (this will
|
|
|
2494 descend subtrees if the function 'Info-global-next' is bound);
|
|
|
2495 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2496 scrolled up one windowful.
|
|
|
2497
|
|
|
2498 Returns t if key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2499 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2500
|
|
|
2501 (autoload 'smart-info-assist "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2502 Walks through Info documentation networks using one assist-key or mouse assist-key.
|
|
|
2503
|
|
|
2504 If assist-key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2505 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2506 is found;
|
|
|
2507 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2508 the last node in the history list is found;
|
|
|
2509 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2510 the 'DIR' root-level node is found;
|
|
|
2511 (4) at the end of the current node, the Previous node is found (this will
|
|
|
2512 return from subtrees if the function 'Info-global-prev is bound);
|
|
|
2513 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2514 scrolled down one windowful.
|
|
|
2515
|
|
|
2516 Returns t if assist-key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2517 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2518
|
|
|
2519 (autoload 'Info-handle-in-note "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2520 Follows an Info cross-reference.
|
|
|
2521 If point is within the first line of an Info note (cross-reference), follows
|
|
|
2522 cross-reference and returns t; otherwise returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2523
|
|
|
2524 ;;;***
|
|
|
2525
|
|
100
|
2526 ;;;### (autoloads (hkey-help-show) "hmouse-drv" "hyperbole/hmouse-drv.el")
|
|
|
2527
|
|
|
2528 (autoload 'hkey-help-show "hmouse-drv" "\
|
|
|
2529 Saves prior frame configuration if BUFFER displays help. Displays BUFFER.
|
|
|
2530
|
|
|
2531 Optional second arg CURRENT-WINDOW non-nil forces display of buffer within
|
|
|
2532 the current window. By default, it is displayed in another window." nil nil)
|
|
|
2533
|
|
|
2534 ;;;***
|
|
|
2535
|
|
|
2536 ;;;### (autoloads (smart-tags-file smart-tags-file-path smart-objc smart-lisp-mode-p smart-java-at-tag-p smart-java smart-fortran-at-tag-p smart-c++ smart-c-at-tag-p smart-asm-at-tag-p) "hmouse-tag" "hyperbole/hmouse-tag.el")
|
|
78
|
2537
|
|
|
2538 (autoload 'smart-asm-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2539 Return assembly tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2540
|
|
|
2541 (autoload 'smart-c-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2542 Return C tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2543
|
|
|
2544 (autoload 'smart-c++ "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2545 Jumps to the definition of optional C++ IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2546 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching C++ tag.
|
|
|
2547
|
|
|
2548 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2549 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2550
|
|
|
2551 If:
|
|
100
|
2552 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2553 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2554 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
78
|
2555 (2) on a C++ identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
100
|
2556 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
78
|
2557 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
100
|
2558 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the C++ identifier is
|
|
78
|
2559 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2560 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2561
|
|
100
|
2562 (autoload 'smart-fortran-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2563 Return Fortran tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2564
|
|
|
2565 (autoload 'smart-java "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2566 Jumps to the definition of optional Java IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2567 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Java tag.
|
|
78
|
2568
|
|
|
2569 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2570 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2571
|
|
100
|
2572 If:
|
|
|
2573 (1) within a commented @see cross-reference, the referent is displayed;
|
|
|
2574 (2) on a `package' or `import' statement, the referent is displayed;
|
|
|
2575 Look for referent files in the directory list `smart-java-package-dirs'.
|
|
|
2576 (3) on an Java identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
|
2577 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
|
2578 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories." t nil)
|
|
|
2579
|
|
|
2580 (autoload 'smart-java-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2581 Return Java tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2582
|
|
|
2583 (autoload 'smart-lisp-mode-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2584 Return t if in a mode which uses Lisp symbols." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
2585
|
|
|
2586 (autoload 'smart-objc "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2587 Jumps to the definition of optional Objective-C IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2588 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Objective-C tag.
|
|
|
2589
|
|
|
2590 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2591 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2592
|
|
|
2593 If:
|
|
100
|
2594 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2595 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2596 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
78
|
2597 (2) on an Objective-C identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
100
|
2598 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
78
|
2599 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
100
|
2600 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the Objective-C identifier is
|
|
78
|
2601 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2602 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2603
|
|
|
2604 (autoload 'smart-tags-file-path "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2605 Expand relative FILE name by looking it up in the nearest tags file.
|
|
|
2606 Return FILE unchanged if it exists relative to the current directory or
|
|
|
2607 cannot be expanded via a tags file." nil nil)
|
|
|
2608
|
|
|
2609 (autoload 'smart-tags-file "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
100
|
2610 Return appropriate tags file name for CURR-FILENAME or `tags-file-name'.
|
|
|
2611 Optional NAME-OF-TAGS-FILE is the literal filename for which to look." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
2612
|
|
|
2613 ;;;***
|
|
|
2614
|
|
108
|
2615 ;;;### (autoloads (hyperbole) "hui-mini" "hyperbole/hui-mini.el")
|
|
|
2616
|
|
|
2617 (autoload 'hyperbole "hui-mini" "\
|
|
|
2618 Invokes default Hyperbole menu user interface when not already active.
|
|
|
2619 Suitable for binding to a key, e.g. {C-h h}.
|
|
|
2620 Non-interactively, returns t if menu is actually invoked by call, else nil.
|
|
|
2621
|
|
|
2622 Two optional arguments may be given to invoke alternative menus.
|
|
|
2623 MENU (a symbol) specifies the menu to invoke from MENU-LIST, (a
|
|
|
2624 Hyperbole menu list structure). MENU defaults to 'hyperbole and MENU-LIST
|
|
|
2625 to `hui:menus'. See `hui:menus' definition for the format of the menu list
|
|
|
2626 structure." t nil)
|
|
|
2627
|
|
|
2628 ;;;***
|
|
|
2629
|
|
78
|
2630 ;;;### (autoloads (var:append) "hvar" "hyperbole/hvar.el")
|
|
|
2631
|
|
|
2632 (autoload 'var:append "hvar" "\
|
|
|
2633 Appends to value held by VAR-SYMBOL-NAME, LIST-TO-ADD. Returns new value.
|
|
|
2634 If VAR-SYMBOL-NAME is unbound, it is set to LIST-TO-ADD.
|
|
|
2635 Often used to append to 'hook' variables." nil nil)
|
|
|
2636
|
|
|
2637 ;;;***
|
|
|
2638
|
|
100
|
2639 ;;;### (autoloads (hypb:display-file-with-logo hypb:configuration) "hypb" "hyperbole/hypb.el")
|
|
78
|
2640
|
|
|
2641 (autoload 'hypb:configuration "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2642 Insert Emacs configuration information at the end of optional OUT-BUF or the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2643
|
|
100
|
2644 (autoload 'hypb:display-file-with-logo "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2645 Display an optional text FILE with the InfoDock Associates logo prepended.
|
|
|
2646 Without file, logo is prepended to the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2647
|
|
78
|
2648 ;;;***
|
|
|
2649
|
|
|
2650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hyperbole" "hyperbole/hyperbole.el")
|
|
|
2651
|
|
|
2652 (defvar action-key-url-function 'w3-fetch "\
|
|
|
2653 Value is a function of one argument, a url, which displays the url referent.
|
|
|
2654 Possible values are:
|
|
|
2655 w3-fetch - display using the W3 Emacs web browser;
|
|
|
2656 highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape - display in Netscape;
|
|
|
2657 highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic - display in Mosaic.")
|
|
|
2658
|
|
|
2659 (defvar kimport:mode-alist '((t . kimport:text) (outline-mode . kimport:star-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2660 Alist of (major-mode . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2661 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2662 called if the major mode of the import file matches the car of an element in
|
|
|
2663 this list. If there is no match, then `kimport:suffix-alist' is checked. If
|
|
|
2664 that yields no match, the element in this list whose car is 't is used. It
|
|
|
2665 normally does an import of a koutline or text file.
|
|
|
2666
|
|
|
2667 Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to import
|
|
|
2668 and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a third
|
|
|
2669 optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported cells
|
|
|
2670 as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2671
|
|
|
2672 outline-mode - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with
|
|
|
2673 asterisks;
|
|
|
2674 .kot
|
|
|
2675 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2676
|
|
|
2677 all others - imported as text.")
|
|
|
2678
|
|
|
2679 (defvar kimport:suffix-alist '(("\\.otl$" . kimport:star-outline) ("\\.aug$" . kimport:aug-post-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2680 Alist of (buffer-name-suffix-regexp . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2681 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2682 called. Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to
|
|
|
2683 import and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a
|
|
|
2684 third optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported
|
|
|
2685 cells as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2686
|
|
|
2687 .otl - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with asterisks;
|
|
|
2688 .kot
|
|
|
2689 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2690 .aug - imported as an Augment post-numbered outline.")
|
|
|
2691
|
|
|
2692 ;;;***
|
|
|
2693
|
|
|
2694 ;;;### (autoloads (wconfig-yank-pop wconfig-ring-save wconfig-delete-pop wconfig-restore-by-name wconfig-delete-by-name wconfig-add-by-name) "wconfig" "hyperbole/wconfig.el")
|
|
|
2695
|
|
|
2696 (autoload 'wconfig-add-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2697 Saves the current window configuration under the string NAME.
|
|
|
2698 When called interactively and a window configuration already exists under
|
|
|
2699 NAME, confirms whether or not to replace it." t nil)
|
|
|
2700
|
|
|
2701 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2702 Deletes window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2703
|
|
|
2704 (autoload 'wconfig-restore-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2705 Restores window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2706
|
|
|
2707 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2708 Replaces current window config with most recently saved config in ring.
|
|
|
2709 Then deletes this new configuration from the ring." t nil)
|
|
|
2710
|
|
|
2711 (autoload 'wconfig-ring-save "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2712 Saves the current window configuration onto the save ring.
|
|
|
2713 Use {\\[wconfig-yank-pop]} to restore it at a later time." t nil)
|
|
|
2714
|
|
|
2715 (autoload 'wconfig-yank-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2716 Replaces current window config with prefix arg Nth prior one in save ring.
|
|
|
2717 Interactively, default value of N = 1, meaning the last saved window
|
|
|
2718 configuration is displayed.
|
|
|
2719
|
|
|
2720 The sequence of window configurations wraps around, so that after the oldest
|
|
|
2721 one comes the newest one." t nil)
|
|
|
2722
|
|
|
2723 ;;;***
|
|
|
2724
|
|
|
2725 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-logic) "wrolo-logic" "hyperbole/wrolo-logic.el")
|
|
|
2726
|
|
|
2727 (autoload 'rolo-logic "wrolo-logic" "\
|
|
|
2728 Apply FUNC to all entries in optional IN-BUFS, display entries where FUNC is non-nil.
|
|
|
2729 If IN-BUFS is nil, 'rolo-file-list' is used. If optional COUNT-ONLY is
|
|
|
2730 non-nil, don't display entries, return count of matching entries only. If
|
|
|
2731 optional INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES flag is non-nil, FUNC will be applied across all
|
|
|
2732 sub-entries at once. Default is to apply FUNC to each entry and sub-entry
|
|
|
2733 separately. Entries are displayed with all of their sub-entries unless
|
|
|
2734 INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES is nil and optional NO-SUB-ENTRIES-OUT flag is non-nil.
|
|
|
2735 FUNC should use the free variables 'start' and 'end' which contain the limits
|
|
|
2736 of the region on which it should operate. Returns number of applications of
|
|
|
2737 FUNC that return non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2738
|
|
|
2739 ;;;***
|
|
|
2740
|
|
114
|
2741 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-yank rolo-toggle-datestamps rolo-sort rolo-kill rolo-grep rolo-fgrep rolo-edit rolo-display-matches rolo-add) "wrolo" "hyperbole/wrolo.el")
|
|
78
|
2742
|
|
|
2743 (autoload 'rolo-add "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2744 Adds a new entry in personal rolodex for NAME.
|
|
|
2745 Last name first is best, e.g. \"Smith, John\".
|
|
|
2746 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to add entry within.
|
|
|
2747 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to insert child below a parent
|
|
|
2748 entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2749
|
|
|
2750 (autoload 'rolo-display-matches "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2751 Display optional DISPLAY-BUF buffer of previously found rolodex matches.
|
|
114
|
2752 If DISPLAY-BUF is nil, use the value in `rolo-display-buffer'.
|
|
78
|
2753 Second arg RETURN-TO-BUFFER is the buffer to leave point within after the display." t nil)
|
|
|
2754
|
|
|
2755 (autoload 'rolo-edit "wrolo" "\
|
|
114
|
2756 Edits a rolodex entry given by optional NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
|
|
78
|
2757 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
114
|
2758 With no NAME arg, simply displays FILE or first entry in `rolo-file-list' in an
|
|
78
|
2759 editable mode. NAME may be of the form: parent/child to edit child below a
|
|
|
2760 parent entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2761
|
|
|
2762 (autoload 'rolo-fgrep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2763 Display rolodex entries matching STRING.
|
|
|
2764 To a maximum of optional prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in file(s) from optional
|
|
|
2765 ROLO-FILE or rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each
|
|
|
2766 entry is displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil
|
|
|
2767 means don't retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY
|
|
|
2768 non-nil means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2769
|
|
|
2770 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2771 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2772 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2773
|
|
|
2774 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2775 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2776
|
|
|
2777 (autoload 'rolo-grep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2778 Display rolodex entries matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
2779 To a maximum of prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in buffer(s) from optional ROLO-BUFS or
|
|
|
2780 rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each entry is
|
|
|
2781 displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil means don't
|
|
|
2782 retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY non-nil
|
|
|
2783 means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2784
|
|
|
2785 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2786 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2787 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2788
|
|
|
2789 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2790 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2791
|
|
|
2792 (autoload 'rolo-kill "wrolo" "\
|
|
114
|
2793 Kills a rolodex entry given by NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
|
|
78
|
2794 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
|
2795 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to kill child below a parent entry
|
|
|
2796 which begins with the parent string.
|
|
|
2797 Returns t if entry is killed, nil otherwise." t nil)
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 (autoload 'rolo-sort "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2800 Sorts up to 14 levels of entries in ROLO-FILE (default is personal rolo).
|
|
114
|
2801 Assumes entries are delimited by one or more `*'characters.
|
|
78
|
2802 Returns list of number of groupings at each entry level." t nil)
|
|
|
2803
|
|
114
|
2804 (autoload 'rolo-toggle-datestamps "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2805 Toggle whether datestamps are updated when rolodex entries are modified.
|
|
|
2806 With optional ARG, turn them on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2807
|
|
78
|
2808 (autoload 'rolo-yank "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2809 Inserts at point the first rolodex entry matching NAME.
|
|
|
2810 With optional prefix arg, REGEXP-P, treats NAME as a regular expression instead
|
|
|
2811 of a string." t nil)
|
|
|
2812
|
|
|
2813 ;;;***
|
|
|
2814
|
|
|
2815 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "iso/iso-acc.el")
|
|
|
2816
|
|
|
2817 (autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
|
|
|
2818 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
|
|
|
2819 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
|
|
|
2820 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
|
|
|
2821 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
|
|
|
2822 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
|
|
|
2823
|
|
|
2824 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
|
|
|
2825 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
|
|
|
2826
|
|
|
2827 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
|
|
|
2828 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
|
|
|
2829 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
|
|
|
2830 \"s gives German sharp s.
|
|
|
2831 /a gives a with ring.
|
|
|
2832 /e gives an a-e ligature.
|
|
|
2833 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
|
|
|
2834 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
|
|
|
2835 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
|
|
|
2836
|
|
|
2837 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
|
|
|
2838 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
|
|
|
2839
|
|
|
2840 ;;;***
|
|
|
2841
|
|
159
|
2842 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el")
|
|
|
2843
|
|
|
2844 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
|
|
|
2845 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
|
|
|
2846 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
|
|
|
2847
|
|
|
2848 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
|
|
|
2849 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2850
|
|
|
2851 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
|
|
|
2852 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
|
|
|
2853 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
|
|
|
2854
|
|
|
2855 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
|
|
|
2856 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
|
|
|
2857
|
|
|
2858 ;;;***
|
|
|
2859
|
|
|
2860 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el")
|
|
|
2861
|
|
|
2862 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
|
|
|
2863 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
|
|
|
2864 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
|
|
|
2865 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
|
|
|
2866 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
|
|
|
2867 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
|
|
|
2868 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
|
|
|
2869 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
|
|
|
2870
|
|
|
2871 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
|
|
|
2872 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
|
|
|
2873 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
|
|
|
2874 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
|
|
|
2875
|
|
|
2876 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
|
|
|
2877 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
|
|
|
2878 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
|
|
|
2879 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
|
|
|
2880 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
|
|
|
2881
|
|
|
2882 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
|
|
|
2883 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
|
|
|
2884 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
|
|
|
2885 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
|
|
|
2886
|
|
|
2887 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
|
|
|
2888 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
|
|
|
2889 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
|
|
|
2890 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
|
|
|
2891
|
|
|
2892 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
|
|
|
2893 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
|
|
|
2894
|
|
|
2895 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
|
|
|
2896 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
|
|
|
2897 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
|
|
|
2898 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
|
|
|
2899 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
|
|
|
2900
|
|
|
2901 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
|
|
|
2902 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
|
|
|
2903 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
|
|
|
2904 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
|
|
|
2905
|
|
|
2906 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
|
|
|
2907 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
|
|
|
2908 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
|
|
|
2909
|
|
|
2910 ;;;***
|
|
|
2911
|
|
|
2912 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el")
|
|
|
2913
|
|
|
2914 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
|
|
|
2915 Compose Thai characters in the region." t nil)
|
|
|
2916
|
|
|
2917 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
|
|
|
2918 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2919
|
|
|
2920 ;;;***
|
|
|
2921
|
|
155
|
2922 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-use-package) "quail" "leim/quail.el")
|
|
|
2923
|
|
|
2924 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
|
|
|
2925 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
|
|
|
2926 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
|
|
|
2927
|
|
|
2928 ;;;***
|
|
|
2929
|
|
78
|
2930 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-deactivate-passwd mc-install-write-mode mc-install-read-mode) "mailcrypt" "mailcrypt/mailcrypt.el")
|
|
|
2931
|
|
|
2932 (autoload 'mc-install-read-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2933
|
|
|
2934 (autoload 'mc-install-write-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2935
|
|
|
2936 (autoload 'mc-deactivate-passwd "mailcrypt" "\
|
|
|
2937 *Deactivate the passphrase cache." t nil)
|
|
|
2938
|
|
|
2939 ;;;***
|
|
|
2940
|
|
|
2941 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-pgp-fetch-key mc-scheme-pgp) "mc-pgp" "mailcrypt/mc-pgp.el")
|
|
|
2942
|
|
|
2943 (autoload 'mc-scheme-pgp "mc-pgp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2944
|
|
|
2945 (autoload 'mc-pgp-fetch-key "mc-pgp" "\
|
|
|
2946 Attempt to fetch a key for addition to PGP keyring. Interactively,
|
|
|
2947 prompt for string matching key to fetch.
|
|
|
2948
|
|
|
2949 Non-interactively, ID must be a pair. The CAR must be a bare Email
|
|
|
2950 address and the CDR a keyID (with \"0x\" prefix). Either, but not
|
|
|
2951 both, may be nil.
|
|
|
2952
|
|
|
2953 Return t if we think we were successful; nil otherwise. Note that nil
|
|
|
2954 is not necessarily an error, since we may have merely fired off an Email
|
|
|
2955 request for the key." t nil)
|
|
|
2956
|
|
|
2957 ;;;***
|
|
|
2958
|
|
|
2959 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-remailer-insert-response-block mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym) "mc-remail" "mailcrypt/mc-remail.el")
|
|
|
2960
|
|
|
2961 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2962 Insert pseudonym as a From field in the hash-mark header.
|
|
|
2963
|
|
|
2964 See the documentation for the variable `mc-remailer-pseudonyms' for
|
|
|
2965 more information." t nil)
|
|
|
2966
|
|
|
2967 (autoload 'mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2968 Encrypt message for a remailer chain, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2969
|
|
|
2970 With \\[universal-argument], pause before each encryption." t nil)
|
|
|
2971
|
|
|
2972 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-response-block "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2973 Insert response block at point, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2974
|
|
|
2975 With \\[universal-argument], enter a recursive edit of the innermost
|
|
|
2976 layer of the block before encrypting it." t nil)
|
|
|
2977
|
|
|
2978 ;;;***
|
|
|
2979
|
|
|
2980 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-mh-snarf-keys mc-mh-verify-signature mc-mh-decrypt-message mc-gnus-decrypt-message mc-gnus-snarf-keys mc-gnus-verify-signature mc-vm-snarf-keys mc-vm-decrypt-message mc-vm-verify-signature mc-rmail-decrypt-message mc-rmail-verify-signature mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature mc-snarf-keys mc-snarf mc-insert-public-key mc-verify-signature mc-verify mc-sign-message mc-sign mc-decrypt-message mc-decrypt mc-encrypt-message mc-encrypt mc-cleanup-recipient-headers) "mc-toplev" "mailcrypt/mc-toplev.el")
|
|
|
2981
|
|
|
2982 (autoload 'mc-cleanup-recipient-headers "mc-toplev" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2983
|
|
|
2984 (autoload 'mc-encrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2985 *Encrypt the current buffer.
|
|
|
2986
|
|
|
2987 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2988
|
|
|
2989 With \\[universal-argument], prompt for User ID to sign as.
|
|
|
2990
|
|
|
2991 With \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], prompt for encryption scheme to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2992
|
|
|
2993 (autoload 'mc-encrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2994 *Encrypt a message for RECIPIENTS using the given encryption SCHEME.
|
|
|
2995 RECIPIENTS is a comma separated string. If SCHEME is nil, use the value
|
|
|
2996 of `mc-default-scheme'. Returns t on success, nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
2997
|
|
|
2998 (autoload 'mc-decrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2999 *Decrypt a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
3000
|
|
|
3001 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
3002
|
|
|
3003 (autoload 'mc-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3004 Decrypt whatever message is in the current buffer.
|
|
|
3005 Returns a pair (SUCCEEDED . VERIFIED) where SUCCEEDED is t if the encryption
|
|
|
3006 succeeded and VERIFIED is t if it had a valid signature." nil nil)
|
|
|
3007
|
|
|
3008 (autoload 'mc-sign "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3009 *Sign a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
3010
|
|
|
3011 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
3012
|
|
|
3013 With one prefix arg, prompts for private key to use, with two prefix args,
|
|
|
3014 also prompts for encryption scheme to use. With negative prefix arg,
|
|
|
3015 inhibits clearsigning (pgp)." t nil)
|
|
|
3016
|
|
|
3017 (autoload 'mc-sign-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3018 Clear sign the message." nil nil)
|
|
|
3019
|
|
|
3020 (autoload 'mc-verify "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3021 *Verify a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
3022
|
|
|
3023 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
3024
|
|
|
3025 (autoload 'mc-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3026 *Verify the signature of the signed message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
3027 Show the result as a message in the minibuffer. Returns t if the signature
|
|
|
3028 is verified." nil nil)
|
|
|
3029
|
|
|
3030 (autoload 'mc-insert-public-key "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3031 *Insert your public key at point.
|
|
|
3032 With one prefix arg, prompts for user id to use. With two prefix
|
|
|
3033 args, prompts for encryption scheme." t nil)
|
|
|
3034
|
|
|
3035 (autoload 'mc-snarf "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3036 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring.
|
|
|
3037
|
|
|
3038 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
3039
|
|
|
3040 (autoload 'mc-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3041 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring." t nil)
|
|
|
3042
|
|
|
3043 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3044 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
3045
|
|
|
3046 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3047 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
3048
|
|
|
3049 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3050 *Adds keys from current message to public key ring" t nil)
|
|
|
3051
|
|
|
3052 (autoload 'mc-rmail-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3053 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
3054
|
|
|
3055 (autoload 'mc-rmail-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3056 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
3057
|
|
|
3058 (autoload 'mc-vm-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3059 *Verify the signature in the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
3060
|
|
|
3061 (autoload 'mc-vm-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3062 *Decrypt the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
3063
|
|
|
3064 (autoload 'mc-vm-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3065 *Snarf public key from the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
3066
|
|
|
3067 (autoload 'mc-gnus-verify-signature "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
3068
|
|
|
3069 (autoload 'mc-gnus-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
3070
|
|
|
3071 (autoload 'mc-gnus-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
3072
|
|
|
3073 (autoload 'mc-mh-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3074 Decrypt the contents of the current MH message in the show buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
3075
|
|
|
3076 (autoload 'mc-mh-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3077 *Verify the signature in the current MH message." t nil)
|
|
|
3078
|
|
|
3079 (autoload 'mc-mh-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
3080
|
|
|
3081 ;;;***
|
|
|
3082
|
|
|
3083 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el")
|
|
|
3084
|
|
|
3085 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
3086 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
3087 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
3088 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
3089
|
|
|
3090 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
3091
|
|
|
3092 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
3093 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
3094 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
3095 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
|
|
|
3096 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
|
|
|
3097 that want to create a mail buffer.
|
|
|
3098 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
|
|
|
3099
|
|
|
3100 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
3101 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
3102 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
3103 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
3104
|
|
|
3105 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
3106
|
|
|
3107 (autoload 'mh-letter-mode "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
3108 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
|
|
|
3109 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
|
|
|
3110 using the MH mail handling system.
|
|
|
3111 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
|
|
|
3112 messages.
|
|
|
3113
|
|
|
3114 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
|
|
|
3115
|
|
|
3116 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
|
|
|
3117
|
|
|
3118 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
|
|
|
3119 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
|
|
|
3120 the yanked message.
|
|
|
3121
|
|
|
3122 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
|
|
|
3123 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
|
|
|
3124 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
|
|
|
3125 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
|
|
|
3126 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
|
|
|
3127
|
|
|
3128 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
|
|
|
3129 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
|
|
|
3130 inserted in a draft letter.
|
|
|
3131
|
|
|
3132 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
|
|
|
3133 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
|
|
|
3134
|
|
|
3135 Upon invoking mh-letter-mode, text-mode-hook and mh-letter-mode-hook are
|
|
|
3136 invoked with no args, if those values are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3137
|
|
|
3138 ;;;***
|
|
|
3139
|
|
|
3140 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el")
|
|
|
3141
|
|
|
3142 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
3143 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
|
|
|
3144 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
3145 to the MH mail system." t nil)
|
|
|
3146
|
|
|
3147 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
3148 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
|
|
|
3149
|
|
|
3150 ;;;***
|
|
|
3151
|
|
|
3152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el")
|
|
|
3153
|
|
|
3154 (defvar mh-mime-content-types '(("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg")) "\
|
|
|
3155 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
|
|
|
3156
|
|
|
3157 ;;;***
|
|
|
3158
|
|
|
3159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el")
|
|
|
3160
|
|
|
3161 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
3162
|
|
|
3163 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
3164
|
|
|
3165 ;;;***
|
|
|
3166
|
|
|
3167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "modes/abbrev.el")
|
|
|
3168
|
|
|
3169 ;;;***
|
|
|
3170
|
|
|
3171 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-make-filename-from-adaname ada-mode) "ada-mode" "modes/ada-mode.el")
|
|
|
3172
|
|
|
3173 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
3174 Ada Mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
|
|
|
3175
|
|
|
3176 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
|
|
|
3177
|
|
|
3178 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
|
|
|
3179 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
|
|
|
3180
|
|
|
3181 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
|
|
|
3182 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
|
|
|
3183 Call external pretty printer program '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
3184
|
|
|
3185 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
|
|
|
3186 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
|
|
|
3187
|
|
|
3188 Call EXTERNAL pretty printer (if you have one) '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
3189
|
|
|
3190 Fill comment paragraph '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph]'
|
|
|
3191 Fill comment paragraph and justify each line '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-justify]'
|
|
|
3192 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-postfix]'
|
|
|
3193
|
|
|
3194 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
|
|
|
3195 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
|
|
|
3196
|
|
|
3197 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
|
|
|
3198 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
|
|
|
3199
|
|
|
3200 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
|
|
|
3201 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
|
|
|
3202 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
|
|
|
3203 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
|
|
|
3204 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
|
|
|
3205
|
|
|
3206 If you use imenu.el:
|
|
|
3207 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
|
|
|
3208
|
|
|
3209 If you use find-file.el:
|
|
|
3210 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
|
|
|
3211 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
|
|
|
3212 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
|
|
|
3213 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
|
|
|
3214 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created
|
|
|
3215 with body stubs.
|
|
|
3216
|
|
|
3217 If you use ada-xref.el:
|
|
|
3218 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
|
|
|
3219 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
|
|
|
3220 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'
|
|
|
3221 Execute Gnatf: '\\[ada-gnatf-current]'" t nil)
|
|
|
3222
|
|
|
3223 (autoload 'ada-make-filename-from-adaname "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
3224 Determine the filename of a package/procedure from its own Ada name." t nil)
|
|
|
3225
|
|
|
3226 ;;;***
|
|
|
3227
|
|
|
3228 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "modes/arc-mode.el")
|
|
|
3229
|
|
|
3230 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3231 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
|
|
|
3232 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
3233 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
3234 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
|
|
|
3235 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
|
|
|
3236
|
|
|
3237 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
|
|
|
3238 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
|
|
|
3239 archive.
|
|
|
3240
|
|
|
3241 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
3242
|
|
|
3243 ;;;***
|
|
|
3244
|
|
|
3245 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "modes/asm-mode.el")
|
|
|
3246
|
|
|
3247 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
|
|
|
3248 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
|
|
|
3249 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
|
|
|
3250
|
|
|
3251 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3252 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3253 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3254 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
|
|
|
3255
|
|
|
3256 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
|
|
|
3257 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?;').
|
|
|
3258
|
|
|
3259 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
|
|
|
3260 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
|
|
|
3261
|
|
|
3262 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
|
|
|
3263
|
|
|
3264 Special commands:
|
|
|
3265 \\{asm-mode-map}
|
|
|
3266 " t nil)
|
|
|
3267
|
|
|
3268 ;;;***
|
|
|
3269
|
|
149
|
3270 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf-mode" "modes/autoconf-mode.el")
|
|
|
3271
|
|
|
3272 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf-mode" "\
|
|
|
3273 A major-mode to edit autoconf input files like configure.in
|
|
|
3274 \\{autoconf-mode-map}
|
|
|
3275 " t nil)
|
|
|
3276
|
|
|
3277 ;;;***
|
|
|
3278
|
|
78
|
3279 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "modes/awk-mode.el")
|
|
|
3280
|
|
|
3281 (autoload 'awk-mode "awk-mode" "\
|
|
|
3282 Major mode for editing AWK code.
|
|
|
3283 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
|
|
|
3284 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
|
|
|
3285 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
|
|
|
3286
|
|
|
3287 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3288 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3289
|
|
|
3290 ;;;***
|
|
|
3291
|
|
|
3292 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "modes/bibtex.el")
|
|
|
3293
|
|
|
3294 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
|
|
|
3295 Major mode for editing bibtex files.
|
|
|
3296
|
|
|
3297 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
|
|
|
3298
|
|
|
3299 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
|
|
|
3300
|
|
|
3301 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and thus ignored by BibTeX.
|
|
|
3302 The OPT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT].
|
|
|
3303 \\[bibtex-kill-optional-field] kills the current optional field entirely.
|
|
|
3304 \\[bibtex-remove-double-quotes] removes the double-quotes around the text of
|
|
|
3305 the current field. \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current
|
|
|
3306 field with the default \"\".
|
|
|
3307
|
|
|
3308 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. (i) removes
|
|
|
3309 double-quotes from entirely numerical fields, (ii) removes OPT from all
|
|
|
3310 non-empty optional fields, (iii) removes all empty optional fields, and (iv)
|
|
|
3311 checks that no non-optional fields are empty.
|
|
|
3312
|
|
|
3313 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the dot at the end of the current field.
|
|
|
3314 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
|
|
|
3315
|
|
|
3316 The following may be of interest as well:
|
|
|
3317
|
|
|
3318 Functions:
|
|
|
3319 find-bibtex-duplicates
|
|
|
3320 find-bibtex-entry-location
|
|
|
3321 hide-bibtex-entry-bodies
|
|
|
3322 sort-bibtex-entries
|
|
|
3323 validate-bibtex-buffer
|
|
|
3324
|
|
|
3325 Variables:
|
|
|
3326 bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts
|
|
|
3327 bibtex-entry-field-alist
|
|
|
3328 bibtex-include-OPTannote
|
|
|
3329 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
|
|
|
3330 bibtex-include-OPTkey
|
|
|
3331 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
|
|
|
3332 bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields
|
|
|
3333
|
|
|
3334 Fields:
|
|
|
3335 address
|
|
|
3336 Publisher's address
|
|
|
3337 annote
|
|
|
3338 Long annotation used for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3339 author
|
|
|
3340 Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format
|
|
|
3341 booktitle
|
|
|
3342 Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
|
|
|
3343 For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
|
|
|
3344 chapter
|
|
|
3345 Chapter number
|
|
|
3346 crossref
|
|
|
3347 The database key of the entry being cross referenced.
|
|
|
3348 edition
|
|
|
3349 Edition of a book (e.g., \"second\")
|
|
|
3350 editor
|
|
|
3351 Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
|
|
|
3352 If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
|
|
|
3353 for the book or collection that the work appears in
|
|
|
3354 howpublished
|
|
|
3355 How something strange has been published (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3356 institution
|
|
|
3357 Sponsoring institution
|
|
|
3358 journal
|
|
|
3359 Journal name (macros are provided for many)
|
|
|
3360 key
|
|
|
3361 Alphabetizing and labeling key (needed when no author or editor)
|
|
|
3362 month
|
|
|
3363 Month (macros are provided)
|
|
|
3364 note
|
|
|
3365 To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3366 number
|
|
|
3367 Number of a journal or technical report
|
|
|
3368 organization
|
|
|
3369 Organization (sponsoring a conference)
|
|
|
3370 pages
|
|
|
3371 Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range)
|
|
|
3372 publisher
|
|
|
3373 Publisher name
|
|
|
3374 school
|
|
|
3375 School name (for theses)
|
|
|
3376 series
|
|
|
3377 The name of a series or set of books.
|
|
|
3378 An individual book will also have its own title
|
|
|
3379 title
|
|
|
3380 The title of the thing being referenced
|
|
|
3381 type
|
|
|
3382 Type of a technical report (e.g., \"Research Note\") to be used
|
|
|
3383 instead of the default \"Technical Report\"
|
|
|
3384 volume
|
|
|
3385 Volume of a journal or multivolume work
|
|
|
3386 year
|
|
|
3387 Year---should contain only numerals
|
|
|
3388 ---------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
3389 Entry to this mode calls the value of bibtex-mode-hook if that value is
|
|
|
3390 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3391
|
|
|
3392 ;;;***
|
|
|
3393
|
|
118
|
3394 ;;;### (autoloads (c-add-style c-set-style java-mode objc-mode c++-mode c-mode) "cc-mode" "modes/cc-mode.el")
|
|
78
|
3395
|
|
|
3396 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3397 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
|
|
|
3398 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3399 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
3400 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
|
3401 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
|
3402
|
|
110
|
3403 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3404
|
|
|
3405 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
3406 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
|
|
|
3407 run first.
|
|
|
3408
|
|
|
3409 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3410 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3411
|
|
|
3412 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3413 Major mode for editing C++ code.
|
|
|
3414 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3415 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3416 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3417 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3418 message.
|
|
|
3419
|
|
110
|
3420 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3421
|
|
|
3422 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
|
|
|
3423 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
|
|
|
3424 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
|
|
|
3425
|
|
|
3426 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3427 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3428
|
|
|
3429 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3430 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
|
|
|
3431 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3432 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3433 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3434 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3435 message.
|
|
|
3436
|
|
110
|
3437 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3438
|
|
|
3439 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3440 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
|
|
|
3441 is run first.
|
|
|
3442
|
|
|
3443 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3444 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3445
|
|
|
3446 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3447 Major mode for editing Java code.
|
|
|
3448 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3449 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3450 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3451 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
|
|
|
3452 message.
|
|
|
3453
|
|
110
|
3454 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3455
|
|
|
3456 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3457 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
|
|
|
3458 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
|
|
|
3459 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
|
|
|
3460 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
|
|
|
3461
|
|
|
3462 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3463 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3464
|
|
|
3465 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
110
|
3466 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
|
|
78
|
3467 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
|
|
|
3468 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
|
|
110
|
3469 for details of setting up styles.
|
|
|
3470
|
|
|
3471 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
|
|
|
3472 style name." t nil)
|
|
78
|
3473
|
|
118
|
3474 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3475 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
|
|
|
3476 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
|
|
|
3477 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
|
|
|
3478
|
|
|
3479 ((VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
|
|
|
3480
|
|
|
3481 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of VARIABLE and
|
|
|
3482 VALUE. This function also sets the current style to STYLE using
|
|
|
3483 `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3484
|
|
78
|
3485 (fset 'set-c-style 'c-set-style)
|
|
|
3486
|
|
|
3487 ;;;***
|
|
|
3488
|
|
|
3489 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "modes/cl-indent.el")
|
|
|
3490
|
|
|
3491 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3492
|
|
|
3493 ;;;***
|
|
|
3494
|
|
|
3495 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "modes/cmacexp.el")
|
|
|
3496
|
|
|
3497 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
|
|
|
3498 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
|
|
|
3499 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
|
|
|
3500 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
|
|
|
3501
|
|
|
3502 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
|
|
|
3503 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
|
|
|
3504 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
|
|
|
3505
|
|
|
3506 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
|
|
|
3507 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
|
|
|
3508
|
|
|
3509 ;;;***
|
|
|
3510
|
|
|
3511 ;;;### (autoloads (eiffel-mode) "eiffel3" "modes/eiffel3.el")
|
|
|
3512
|
|
|
3513 (autoload 'eiffel-mode "eiffel3" "\
|
|
|
3514 Major mode for editing Eiffel programs." t nil)
|
|
|
3515
|
|
|
3516 ;;;***
|
|
|
3517
|
|
|
3518 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) "enriched" "modes/enriched.el")
|
|
|
3519
|
|
|
3520 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
|
|
|
3521 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
|
|
|
3522 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
|
|
|
3523 text/enriched format.
|
|
|
3524 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3525
|
|
|
3526 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
|
|
|
3527 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
|
|
|
3528
|
|
|
3529 Commands:
|
|
|
3530
|
|
|
3531 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3532
|
|
|
3533 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3534
|
|
|
3535 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3536
|
|
|
3537 ;;;***
|
|
|
3538
|
|
|
3539 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic) "executable" "modes/executable.el")
|
|
|
3540
|
|
|
3541 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
|
|
|
3542 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
|
|
|
3543 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
|
|
|
3544 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
|
|
|
3545 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
|
|
|
3546 executable." t nil)
|
|
|
3547
|
|
|
3548 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
|
|
|
3549 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
|
|
|
3550 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
|
|
|
3551
|
|
|
3552 ;;;***
|
|
|
3553
|
|
|
3554 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "modes/f90.el")
|
|
|
3555
|
|
|
3556 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
|
|
|
3557 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
|
|
|
3558
|
|
|
3559 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
|
|
|
3560 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
|
|
|
3561 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
|
|
|
3562
|
|
|
3563 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
|
|
|
3564
|
|
|
3565 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3566 \\{f90-mode-map}
|
|
|
3567
|
|
|
3568 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3569
|
|
|
3570 f90-do-indent
|
|
|
3571 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3572 f90-if-indent
|
|
|
3573 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3574 f90-type-indent
|
|
|
3575 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3576 f90-program-indent
|
|
|
3577 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
|
|
|
3578 (default 2)
|
|
|
3579 f90-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3580 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
|
|
|
3581 f90-comment-region
|
|
|
3582 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3583 region. (default \"!!!$\")
|
|
|
3584 f90-indented-comment-re
|
|
|
3585 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
|
|
|
3586 (default \"!\")
|
|
|
3587 f90-directive-comment-re
|
|
|
3588 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
|
|
|
3589 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
|
|
|
3590 f90-break-delimiters
|
|
|
3591 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
|
|
|
3592 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
|
|
|
3593 f90-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3594 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3595 (default t)
|
|
|
3596 f90-beginning-ampersand
|
|
|
3597 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
|
|
|
3598 f90-smart-end
|
|
|
3599 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
|
|
|
3600 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
|
|
|
3601 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
|
|
|
3602 f90-auto-keyword-case
|
|
|
3603 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
|
|
|
3604 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
|
|
|
3605 f90-leave-line-no
|
|
|
3606 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
|
|
|
3607 f90-startup-message
|
|
|
3608 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
|
|
|
3609 f90-keywords-re
|
|
|
3610 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
|
|
|
3611
|
|
|
3612 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3613 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3614
|
|
|
3615 ;;;***
|
|
|
3616
|
|
|
3617 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "modes/follow.el")
|
|
|
3618
|
|
|
3619 (add-minor-mode 'follow-mode nil 'follow-mode-map)
|
|
|
3620
|
|
|
3621 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3622 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3623
|
|
|
3624 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3625 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3626
|
|
|
3627 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3628 Minor mode which combines windows into one tall virtual window.
|
|
|
3629
|
|
|
3630 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
|
|
|
3631 of two major techniques:
|
|
|
3632
|
|
|
3633 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
|
|
|
3634 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
|
|
|
3635 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
|
|
|
3636
|
|
|
3637 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
|
|
|
3638 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
|
|
|
3639 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
|
|
|
3640 movement commands.
|
|
|
3641
|
|
|
3642 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
|
|
|
3643 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
|
|
|
3644 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
|
|
|
3645 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
|
|
108
|
3646 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
|
|
78
|
3647 mileage may vary).
|
|
|
3648
|
|
|
3649 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
|
|
|
3650 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
|
|
|
3651
|
|
|
3652 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
|
|
|
3653
|
|
|
3654 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
|
|
|
3655 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
|
|
|
3656 \(This is the default.)
|
|
|
3657
|
|
|
3658 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3659 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
|
|
|
3660
|
|
|
3661 Keys specific to Follow mode:
|
|
|
3662 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3663
|
|
|
3664 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
|
|
|
3665 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
|
|
|
3666
|
|
|
3667 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
|
|
|
3668 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
|
|
|
3669 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
|
|
|
3670 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
|
|
|
3671 two windows always will display two successive pages.
|
|
|
3672 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
|
|
|
3673
|
|
|
3674 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
|
|
|
3675 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
|
|
|
3676 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
|
|
|
3677
|
|
|
3678 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
|
|
|
3679 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
|
|
|
3680 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
|
|
|
3681
|
|
|
3682 ;;;***
|
|
|
3683
|
|
|
3684 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "modes/fortran.el")
|
|
|
3685
|
|
134
|
3686 (defcustom fortran-tab-mode-default nil "*Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.\nA value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.\nA value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked\nwith a character in column 6." :type 'boolean :group 'fortran-indent)
|
|
78
|
3687
|
|
|
3688 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
|
|
|
3689 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
|
|
|
3690 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
|
|
|
3691 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
|
|
|
3692
|
|
|
3693 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
|
|
|
3694
|
|
|
3695 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3696 \\{fortran-mode-map}
|
|
|
3697
|
|
|
3698 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3699
|
|
|
3700 comment-start
|
|
|
3701 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
|
|
|
3702 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
|
|
|
3703 fortran-do-indent
|
|
|
3704 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3705 fortran-if-indent
|
|
|
3706 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3707 fortran-structure-indent
|
|
|
3708 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
|
|
|
3709 (default 3)
|
|
|
3710 fortran-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3711 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
|
|
|
3712 fortran-comment-line-extra-indent
|
|
|
3713 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
|
|
|
3714 fortran-comment-indent-style
|
|
|
3715 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
|
|
|
3716 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
|
|
|
3717 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
|
|
|
3718 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
|
|
|
3719 (for TAB format continuation style).
|
|
|
3720 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
|
|
|
3721 indentation for a line of code.
|
|
|
3722 (default 'fixed)
|
|
|
3723 fortran-comment-indent-char
|
|
|
3724 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
|
|
|
3725 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
|
|
|
3726 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed
|
|
|
3727 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
|
|
|
3728 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab
|
|
|
3729 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
|
|
|
3730 fortran-line-number-indent
|
|
|
3731 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
|
|
|
3732 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
|
|
|
3733 column 5. (default 1)
|
|
|
3734 fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do
|
|
|
3735 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
|
|
|
3736 statements. (default nil)
|
|
|
3737 fortran-blink-matching-if
|
|
|
3738 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
|
|
|
3739 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
|
|
|
3740 statement. (default nil)
|
|
|
3741 fortran-continuation-string
|
|
|
3742 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
|
|
|
3743 line. (default \"$\")
|
|
|
3744 fortran-comment-region
|
|
|
3745 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3746 region. (default \"c$$$\")
|
|
|
3747 fortran-electric-line-number
|
|
|
3748 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
|
|
|
3749 as typed. (default t)
|
|
|
3750 fortran-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3751 Non-nil causes `fortran-fill' breaks lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3752 (default t)
|
|
|
3753 fortran-startup-message
|
|
|
3754 Set to nil to inhibit message first time Fortran mode is used.
|
|
|
3755
|
|
|
3756 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3757 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3758
|
|
|
3759 ;;;***
|
|
|
3760
|
|
|
3761 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "modes/hideif.el")
|
|
|
3762
|
|
|
3763 (add-minor-mode 'hide-ifdef-mode " Ifdef")
|
|
|
3764
|
|
|
3765 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
|
|
|
3766 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
|
|
|
3767 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3768 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
|
|
|
3769 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
|
|
|
3770 how the hiding is done:
|
|
|
3771
|
|
|
3772 hide-ifdef-env
|
|
|
3773 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
|
|
|
3774 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3775 is used.
|
|
|
3776
|
|
|
3777 hide-ifdef-define-alist
|
|
|
3778 An association list of defined symbol lists.
|
|
|
3779 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3780 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3781 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
|
|
|
3782
|
|
|
3783 hide-ifdef-lines
|
|
|
3784 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
|
|
|
3785 #endif lines when hiding.
|
|
|
3786
|
|
|
3787 hide-ifdef-initially
|
|
|
3788 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
|
|
|
3789 is activated.
|
|
|
3790
|
|
|
3791 hide-ifdef-read-only
|
|
|
3792 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
|
|
|
3793 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
|
|
|
3794
|
|
|
3795 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3796
|
|
|
3797 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
|
|
|
3798 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
|
|
|
3799
|
|
|
3800 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
|
|
|
3801 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
|
|
|
3802
|
|
|
3803 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
|
|
|
3804 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
|
|
|
3805
|
|
|
3806 ;;;***
|
|
|
3807
|
|
|
3808 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-block hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "modes/hideshow.el")
|
|
|
3809
|
|
|
3810 (defvar hs-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3811 Non-nil if using hideshow mode as a minor mode of some other mode.
|
|
|
3812 Use the command `hs-minor-mode' to toggle this variable.")
|
|
|
3813
|
|
|
3814 (autoload 'hs-hide-all "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3815 Hides all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines.
|
|
|
3816 It moves point to the beginning of the line, and it runs the normal hook
|
|
|
3817 `hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3818
|
|
|
3819 (autoload 'hs-hide-block "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3820 Selects a block and hides it. With prefix arg, reposition at end.
|
|
|
3821 Block is defined as a sexp for lispish modes, mode-specific otherwise.
|
|
|
3822 Comments are blocks, too. Upon completion, point is at repositioned and
|
|
|
3823 the normal hook `hs-hide-hook' is run. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3824
|
|
|
3825 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3826 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
|
|
|
3827 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3828 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
|
|
|
3829 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. The variables
|
|
|
3830 `selective-display' and `selective-display-ellipses' are set to t.
|
|
|
3831 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc for `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
3832
|
|
|
3833 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
|
|
|
3834 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands." t nil)
|
|
|
3835
|
|
|
3836 ;;;***
|
|
|
3837
|
|
|
3838 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "modes/icon.el")
|
|
|
3839
|
|
|
3840 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
|
|
|
3841 Major mode for editing Icon code.
|
|
|
3842 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
|
|
|
3843 Tab indents for Icon code.
|
|
|
3844 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
3845 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
3846 \\{icon-mode-map}
|
|
|
3847 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3848 icon-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3849 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
3850 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
3851 icon-auto-newline
|
|
|
3852 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
3853 inserted in Icon code.
|
|
|
3854 icon-indent-level
|
|
|
3855 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
3856 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
3857 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
3858 icon-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
3859 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
3860 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
3861 icon-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
3862 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
3863 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
3864 icon-brace-offset
|
|
|
3865 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
3866 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
3867 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
3868 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
3869
|
|
|
3870 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3871 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3872
|
|
|
3873 ;;;***
|
|
|
3874
|
|
|
3875 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "modes/imenu.el")
|
|
|
3876
|
|
|
3877 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
|
|
|
3878 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
|
|
|
3879
|
|
|
3880 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu-create-index-with-pattern'
|
|
|
3881 to create a buffer index.
|
|
|
3882
|
|
|
3883 It is an alist with elements that look like this: (MENU-TITLE
|
|
|
3884 REGEXP INDEX).
|
|
|
3885
|
|
|
3886 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
|
|
|
3887 entries are not nested.
|
|
|
3888
|
|
|
3889 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
|
|
|
3890 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
|
|
|
3891 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
|
|
|
3892 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
|
|
|
3893
|
|
|
3894 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
|
|
|
3895 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
|
|
|
3896
|
|
|
3897 For emacs-lisp-mode for example PATTERN would look like:
|
|
|
3898
|
|
|
3899 '((nil \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(un\\\\|subst\\\\|macro\\\\|advice\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3900 (\"*Vars*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(var\\\\|const\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3901 (\"*Types*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(type\\\\|struct\\\\|class\\\\|ine-condition\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2))
|
|
|
3902
|
|
|
3903 The variable is buffer-local.")
|
|
|
3904
|
|
|
3905 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
|
|
|
3906
|
|
|
3907 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3908 Adds an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3909 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
|
|
|
3910 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3911
|
|
|
3912 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3913 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
|
|
|
3914 See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3915
|
|
|
3916 ;;;***
|
|
|
3917
|
|
|
3918 ;;;### (autoloads (ksh-mode) "ksh-mode" "modes/ksh-mode.el")
|
|
|
3919
|
|
|
3920 (autoload 'ksh-mode "ksh-mode" "\
|
|
161
|
3921 ksh-mode $Revision: 1.33 $ - Major mode for editing (Bourne, Korn or Bourne again)
|
|
78
|
3922 shell scripts.
|
|
|
3923 Special key bindings and commands:
|
|
|
3924 \\{ksh-mode-map}
|
|
|
3925 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3926 ksh-indent
|
|
|
3927 Indentation of ksh statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
3928 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3929 ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3930 Additional indentation for statements under case items.
|
|
|
3931 Default value is nil which will align the statements one position
|
|
|
3932 past the \")\" of the pattern.
|
|
|
3933 ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3934 Additional indentation for case items within a case statement.
|
|
|
3935 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3936 ksh-group-offset
|
|
|
3937 Additional indentation for keywords \"do\" and \"then\".
|
|
|
3938 Default value is -2.
|
|
|
3939 ksh-brace-offset
|
|
|
3940 Additional indentation of \"{\" under functions or brace groupings.
|
|
|
3941 Default value is 0.
|
|
|
3942 ksh-multiline-offset
|
|
|
3943 Additional indentation of line that is preceded of a line ending with a
|
|
|
3944 \\ to make it continue on next line.
|
|
|
3945 ksh-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3946 Controls the operation of the TAB key. If t (the default), always
|
|
|
3947 reindent the current line. If nil, indent the current line only if
|
|
|
3948 point is at the left margin or in the line's indentation; otherwise
|
|
|
3949 insert a tab.
|
|
|
3950 ksh-match-and-tell
|
|
|
3951 If non-nil echo in the minibuffer the matching compound command
|
|
|
3952 for the \"done\", \"}\", \"fi\", or \"esac\". Default value is t.
|
|
|
3953
|
|
|
3954 ksh-align-to-keyword
|
|
|
3955 Controls whether nested constructs align from the keyword or
|
|
|
3956 the current indentation. If non-nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3957 the column the keyword starts. If nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3958 the current indentation of the line the keyword is on.
|
|
|
3959 The default value is non-nil.
|
|
|
3960
|
|
|
3961 ksh-comment-regexp
|
|
|
3962 Regular expression used to recognize comments. Customize to support
|
|
|
3963 ksh-like languages. Default value is \" \\s *#\".
|
|
|
3964
|
|
|
3965 Style Guide.
|
|
|
3966 By setting
|
|
|
3967 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3968 (setq ksh-group-offset 0)
|
|
|
3969
|
|
|
3970 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3971
|
|
|
3972 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3973 then
|
|
|
3974 bar # <-- ksh-group-offset is additive to ksh-indent
|
|
|
3975 foo
|
|
|
3976 fi
|
|
|
3977
|
|
|
3978 By setting
|
|
|
3979 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3980 (setq ksh-group-offset (- 0 ksh-indent))
|
|
|
3981
|
|
|
3982 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3983
|
|
|
3984 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3985 then
|
|
|
3986 bar
|
|
|
3987 foo
|
|
|
3988 fi
|
|
|
3989
|
|
|
3990 By setting
|
|
|
3991 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3992 (setq ksh-case-indent nil)
|
|
|
3993
|
|
|
3994 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3995
|
|
|
3996 case x in *
|
|
|
3997 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3998 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent aligns with \")\"
|
|
|
3999 foobar) foo
|
|
|
4000 bar;;
|
|
|
4001 esac
|
|
|
4002
|
|
|
4003 By setting
|
|
|
4004 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
4005 (setq ksh-case-indent 6)
|
|
|
4006
|
|
|
4007 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
4008
|
|
|
4009 case x in *
|
|
|
4010 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
4011 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
4012 foobar) foo
|
|
|
4013 bar;;
|
|
|
4014 esac
|
|
|
4015
|
|
|
4016
|
|
|
4017 Installation:
|
|
|
4018
|
|
|
4019 (setq ksh-mode-hook
|
|
|
4020 (function (lambda ()
|
|
|
4021 (font-lock-mode 1) ;; font-lock the buffer
|
|
|
4022 (setq ksh-indent 8)
|
|
|
4023 (setq ksh-group-offset -8)
|
|
|
4024 (setq ksh-brace-offset -8)
|
|
|
4025 (setq ksh-tab-always-indent t)
|
|
|
4026 (setq ksh-match-and-tell t)
|
|
|
4027 (setq ksh-align-to-keyword t) ;; Turn on keyword alignment
|
|
|
4028 )))" t nil)
|
|
|
4029
|
|
|
4030 ;;;***
|
|
|
4031
|
|
|
4032 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-alias build-mail-aliases mail-aliases-setup) "mail-abbrevs" "modes/mail-abbrevs.el")
|
|
|
4033
|
|
120
|
4034 (defcustom mail-abbrev-mailrc-file nil "Name of file with mail aliases. If nil, ~/.mailrc is used." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) file) :group 'mail-abbrevs)
|
|
78
|
4035
|
|
|
4036 (defvar mail-aliases nil "\
|
|
|
4037 Word-abbrev table of mail address aliases.
|
|
|
4038 If this is nil, it means the aliases have not yet been initialized and
|
|
|
4039 should be read from the .mailrc file. (This is distinct from there being
|
|
|
4040 no aliases, which is represented by this being a table with no entries.)")
|
|
|
4041
|
|
|
4042 (autoload 'mail-aliases-setup "mail-abbrevs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
4043
|
|
|
4044 (autoload 'build-mail-aliases "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
4045 Read mail aliases from .mailrc and set mail-aliases." nil nil)
|
|
|
4046
|
|
|
4047 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
4048 Define NAME as a mail-alias that translates to DEFINITION.
|
|
|
4049 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
|
|
|
4050
|
|
|
4051 ;;;***
|
|
|
4052
|
|
|
4053 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "modes/make-mode.el")
|
|
|
4054
|
|
|
4055 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
|
|
|
4056 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
|
|
|
4057 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4058
|
|
|
4059 \\{makefile-mode-map}
|
|
|
4060
|
|
|
4061 In the browser, use the following keys:
|
|
|
4062
|
|
|
4063 \\{makefile-browser-map}
|
|
|
4064
|
|
|
4065 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
|
|
|
4066
|
|
|
4067 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
|
|
|
4068 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
|
|
|
4069
|
|
|
4070 makefile-target-colon:
|
|
|
4071 The string that gets appended to all target names
|
|
|
4072 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
|
|
|
4073 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
|
|
|
4074
|
|
|
4075 makefile-macro-assign:
|
|
|
4076 The string that gets appended to all macro names
|
|
|
4077 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
|
|
|
4078 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
|
|
|
4079 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
|
|
|
4080 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
|
|
|
4081 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
|
|
|
4082
|
|
|
4083 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
|
|
|
4084 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
|
|
|
4085 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
|
|
|
4086
|
|
|
4087 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
|
|
|
4088 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
|
|
|
4089
|
|
|
4090 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
|
|
|
4091 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
|
|
|
4092 up or down in the browser.
|
|
|
4093
|
|
|
4094 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
|
|
|
4095 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
4096
|
|
|
4097 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
|
|
|
4098 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
4099
|
|
|
4100 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
|
|
|
4101 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
|
|
|
4102 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
|
|
|
4103 has been selected in the browser.
|
|
|
4104
|
|
|
4105 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
|
|
|
4106 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
|
|
|
4107 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
|
|
|
4108 (i.e. it calls `makefile-find-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
|
|
|
4109 filenames are omitted.
|
|
|
4110
|
|
|
4111 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
|
|
|
4112 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then makefile-mode
|
|
|
4113 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
|
|
|
4114 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
|
|
|
4115 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
|
|
|
4116 the backslash itself intact.
|
|
|
4117 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes makefile-mode
|
|
|
4118 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
|
|
|
4119
|
|
|
4120 makefile-browser-hook:
|
|
|
4121 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
|
|
|
4122 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
|
|
|
4123
|
|
|
4124 makefile-special-targets-list:
|
|
|
4125 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
|
|
|
4126 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
|
|
|
4127 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
|
|
|
4128
|
|
|
4129 ;;;***
|
|
|
4130
|
|
|
4131 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "modes/modula2.el")
|
|
|
4132
|
|
|
4133 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
|
|
|
4134 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
|
|
|
4135 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
|
|
|
4136 followed by the first character of the construct.
|
|
|
4137 \\<m2-mode-map>
|
|
|
4138 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
|
|
|
4139 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
|
|
|
4140 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
|
|
|
4141 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
|
|
|
4142 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
|
|
|
4143 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
|
|
|
4144 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
|
|
|
4145 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
|
|
|
4146 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
|
|
|
4147 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
|
|
|
4148 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
|
|
|
4149 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
|
|
|
4150 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
|
|
|
4151 \\[m2-link] link
|
|
|
4152
|
|
|
4153 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
|
|
|
4154 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
|
|
|
4155 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
|
|
|
4156
|
|
|
4157 ;;;***
|
|
|
4158
|
|
|
4159 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-nroff-mode nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "modes/nroff-mode.el")
|
|
|
4160
|
|
|
4161 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
4162 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
|
|
|
4163 \\{nroff-mode-map}
|
|
|
4164 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4165 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
|
|
|
4166 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
|
|
|
4167
|
|
|
4168 (autoload 'electric-nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
4169 Toggle `nroff-electric-newline' minor mode.
|
|
|
4170 `nroff-electric-newline' forces Emacs to check for an nroff request at the
|
|
|
4171 beginning of the line, and insert the matching closing request if necessary.
|
|
|
4172 This command toggles that mode (off->on, on->off), with an argument,
|
|
|
4173 turns it on iff arg is positive, otherwise off." t nil)
|
|
|
4174
|
|
|
4175 (defvar nroff-electric-mode nil "\
|
|
|
4176 Non-nil if in electric-nroff minor mode.")
|
|
|
4177
|
|
|
4178 (add-minor-mode 'nroff-electric-mode " Electric" nil nil 'electric-nroff-mode)
|
|
|
4179
|
|
|
4180 ;;;***
|
|
|
4181
|
|
|
4182 ;;;### (autoloads (outl-mouse-minor-mode outl-mouse-mode) "outl-mouse" "modes/outl-mouse.el")
|
|
|
4183
|
|
|
4184 (autoload 'outl-mouse-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
4185 Calls outline-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
4186
|
|
|
4187 (autoload 'outl-mouse-minor-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
4188 Toggles outline-minor-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
4189
|
|
|
4190 ;;;***
|
|
|
4191
|
|
|
4192 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "modes/outline.el")
|
|
|
4193
|
|
|
4194 (defvar outline-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
4195 Non-nil if using Outline mode as a minor mode of some other mode.")
|
|
|
4196
|
|
|
4197 (make-variable-buffer-local 'outline-minor-mode)
|
|
|
4198
|
|
|
4199 (put 'outline-minor-mode 'permanent-local t)
|
|
|
4200
|
|
|
4201 (add-minor-mode 'outline-minor-mode " Outl")
|
|
|
4202
|
|
|
4203 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
4204 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
|
|
|
4205 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
|
|
|
4206 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
|
|
|
4207
|
|
|
4208 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
|
|
|
4209 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
|
|
|
4210 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
|
|
|
4211 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
|
|
|
4212
|
|
|
4213 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
|
|
|
4214 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
|
|
|
4215 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
|
|
|
4216 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
|
|
|
4217 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
|
|
|
4218 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
|
|
|
4219
|
|
|
4220 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
|
|
|
4221 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
|
|
|
4222
|
|
|
4223 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
|
|
|
4224 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
|
|
|
4225 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
4226 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
|
|
|
4227 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
|
|
|
4228 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
|
|
|
4229 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
|
|
|
4230 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
|
|
|
4231 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
|
|
|
4232 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
4233 The subheadings remain visible.
|
|
|
4234 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
|
|
|
4235
|
|
|
4236 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
|
|
|
4237 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
|
|
|
4238 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
|
|
|
4239
|
|
|
4240 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
|
|
|
4241 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4242
|
|
|
4243 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
4244 Toggle Outline minor mode.
|
|
|
4245 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
4246 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
|
|
|
4247
|
|
|
4248 ;;;***
|
|
|
4249
|
|
|
4250 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "modes/pascal.el")
|
|
|
4251
|
|
|
4252 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
|
|
|
4253 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
|
|
|
4254 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4255
|
|
|
4256 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
|
|
|
4257 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
|
|
|
4258
|
|
|
4259 Other useful functions are:
|
|
|
4260
|
|
|
4261 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
4262 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
4263 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
|
|
|
4264 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
|
|
|
4265 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
|
|
|
4266 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
4267 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
|
4268 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
4269 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
|
|
|
4270
|
|
|
4271 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
4272
|
|
|
4273 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
4274 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
4275 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
4276 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
4277 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
110
|
4278 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation mark
|
|
78
|
4279 after an end.
|
|
|
4280 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
4281 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
4282 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4283 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
|
4284 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
|
|
|
4285 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
|
|
|
4286 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
|
|
108
|
4287 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
|
|
78
|
4288
|
|
|
4289 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
|
|
|
4290 pascal-separator-keywords.
|
|
|
4291
|
|
|
4292 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4293 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4294
|
|
|
4295 ;;;***
|
|
|
4296
|
|
|
4297 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "modes/perl-mode.el")
|
|
|
4298
|
|
|
4299 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
|
|
|
4300 Major mode for editing Perl code.
|
|
|
4301 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
|
|
|
4302 Tab indents for Perl code.
|
|
|
4303 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
|
|
|
4304 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4305 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4306 \\{perl-mode-map}
|
|
|
4307 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4308 perl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4309 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
|
|
|
4310 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4311 perl-tab-to-comment
|
|
|
4312 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
|
|
|
4313 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
|
|
|
4314 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
|
|
|
4315 perl-nochange
|
|
|
4316 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
|
|
|
4317 perl-indent-level
|
|
|
4318 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4319 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
4320 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
4321 perl-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
4322 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
4323 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
4324 perl-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
4325 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
4326 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
4327 perl-brace-offset
|
|
|
4328 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
4329 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
4330 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
4331 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
4332 perl-label-offset
|
|
|
4333 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
|
|
|
4334
|
|
|
4335 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
|
|
|
4336 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
|
|
|
4337 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
|
|
|
4338 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
|
|
|
4339 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
|
|
|
4340 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
|
|
|
4341 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
|
|
|
4342
|
|
|
4343 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
4344
|
|
|
4345 ;;;***
|
|
|
4346
|
|
|
4347 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "modes/picture.el")
|
|
|
4348
|
|
|
4349 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
|
|
|
4350 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
|
|
|
4351 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
|
|
|
4352 afterwards settable by these commands:
|
|
|
4353 C-c < Move left after insertion.
|
|
|
4354 C-c > Move right after insertion.
|
|
|
4355 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
|
|
|
4356 C-c . Move down after insertion.
|
|
|
4357 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4358 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
|
|
|
4359 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4360 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
|
|
|
4361 The current direction is displayed in the modeline. The initial
|
|
|
4362 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
|
|
|
4363 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
|
|
|
4364 with these commands:
|
|
|
4365 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
|
|
|
4366 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
|
|
|
4367 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
|
|
|
4368 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
|
|
|
4369 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
|
|
|
4370 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4371 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4372 Return Move to beginning of next line.
|
|
|
4373 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
|
|
|
4374 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
|
|
|
4375 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
|
|
|
4376 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
|
|
|
4377 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
|
|
|
4378 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
|
|
|
4379 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
|
|
|
4380 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
|
|
|
4381 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
|
|
|
4382 You can manipulate text with these commands:
|
|
|
4383 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
|
|
|
4384 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
|
|
|
4385 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
|
|
|
4386 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
|
|
|
4387 text is saved in the kill ring.
|
|
|
4388 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
|
|
|
4389 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
|
|
|
4390 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
|
|
|
4391 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
|
|
|
4392 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
|
|
|
4393 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
|
|
|
4394 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
|
|
|
4395 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
|
|
|
4396 commands if invoked soon enough.
|
|
|
4397 You can return to the previous mode with:
|
|
|
4398 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
|
|
|
4399 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
|
|
|
4400
|
|
|
4401 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
|
|
|
4402
|
|
|
4403 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
|
|
|
4404 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
|
|
|
4405
|
|
|
4406 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
|
|
|
4407
|
|
|
4408 ;;;***
|
|
|
4409
|
|
|
4410 ;;;### (autoloads (postscript-mode) "postscript" "modes/postscript.el")
|
|
|
4411
|
|
|
4412 (autoload 'postscript-mode "postscript" "\
|
|
|
4413 Major mode for editing PostScript files.
|
|
|
4414
|
|
|
4415 \\[ps-execute-buffer] will send the contents of the buffer to the NeWS
|
|
|
4416 server using psh(1). \\[ps-execute-region] sends the current region.
|
|
|
4417 \\[ps-shell] starts an interactive psh(1) window which will be used for
|
|
|
4418 subsequent \\[ps-execute-buffer] or \\[ps-execute-region] commands.
|
|
|
4419
|
|
|
4420 In this mode, TAB and \\[indent-region] attempt to indent code
|
|
|
4421 based on the position of {}, [], and begin/end pairs. The variable
|
|
|
4422 ps-indent-level controls the amount of indentation used inside
|
|
|
4423 arrays and begin/end pairs.
|
|
|
4424
|
|
|
4425 \\{ps-mode-map}
|
|
|
4426
|
|
|
4427 \\[postscript-mode] calls the value of the variable postscript-mode-hook
|
|
|
4428 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4429
|
|
|
4430 ;;;***
|
|
|
4431
|
|
|
4432 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog inferior-prolog-mode prolog-mode) "prolog" "modes/prolog.el")
|
|
|
4433
|
|
|
4434 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4435 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
|
|
|
4436 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4437 Commands:
|
|
|
4438 \\{prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4439 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4440 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4441
|
|
|
4442 (autoload 'inferior-prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4443 Major mode for interacting with an inferior Prolog process.
|
|
|
4444
|
|
|
4445 The following commands are available:
|
|
|
4446 \\{inferior-prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4447
|
|
|
4448 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' with no arguments,
|
|
|
4449 if that value is non-nil. Likewise with the value of `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4450 `prolog-mode-hook' is called after `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4451
|
|
|
4452 You can send text to the inferior Prolog from other buffers
|
|
|
4453 using the commands `send-region', `send-string' and \\[prolog-consult-region].
|
|
|
4454
|
|
|
4455 Commands:
|
|
|
4456 Tab indents for Prolog; with argument, shifts rest
|
|
|
4457 of expression rigidly with the current line.
|
|
|
4458 Paragraphs are separated only by blank lines and '%%'.
|
|
|
4459 '%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4460
|
|
|
4461 Return at end of buffer sends line as input.
|
|
|
4462 Return not at end copies rest of line to end and sends it.
|
|
|
4463 \\[comint-kill-input] and \\[backward-kill-word] are kill commands, imitating normal Unix input editing.
|
|
|
4464 \\[comint-interrupt-subjob] interrupts the shell or its current subjob if any.
|
|
|
4465 \\[comint-stop-subjob] stops. \\[comint-quit-subjob] sends quit signal." t nil)
|
|
|
4466
|
|
|
4467 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4468 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
|
|
|
4469
|
|
|
4470 ;;;***
|
|
|
4471
|
|
|
4472 ;;;### (autoloads (py-shell python-mode) "python-mode" "modes/python-mode.el")
|
|
|
4473
|
|
|
4474 (eval-when-compile (condition-case nil (progn (require 'cl) (require 'imenu)) (error nil)))
|
|
|
4475
|
|
|
4476 (autoload 'python-mode "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4477 Major mode for editing Python files.
|
|
|
4478 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[py-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
4479 `python-mode' buffer. Do `\\[py-describe-mode]' for detailed
|
|
|
4480 documentation. To see what version of `python-mode' you are running,
|
|
|
4481 enter `\\[py-version]'.
|
|
|
4482
|
|
|
4483 This mode knows about Python indentation, tokens, comments and
|
|
|
4484 continuation lines. Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4485
|
|
|
4486 COMMANDS
|
|
|
4487 \\{py-mode-map}
|
|
|
4488 VARIABLES
|
|
|
4489
|
|
|
4490 py-indent-offset indentation increment
|
|
|
4491 py-block-comment-prefix comment string used by comment-region
|
|
|
4492 py-python-command shell command to invoke Python interpreter
|
|
|
4493 py-scroll-process-buffer always scroll Python process buffer
|
|
|
4494 py-temp-directory directory used for temp files (if needed)
|
|
|
4495 py-beep-if-tab-change ring the bell if tab-width is changed" t nil)
|
|
|
4496
|
|
|
4497 (autoload 'py-shell "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4498 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
|
|
|
4499 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
|
|
|
4500 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
|
|
|
4501 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
|
|
|
4502 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
|
|
|
4503
|
|
|
4504 See the docs for variable `py-scroll-buffer' for info on scrolling
|
|
|
4505 behavior in the process window.
|
|
|
4506
|
|
|
4507 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
|
|
|
4508 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
|
|
|
4509 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
|
|
|
4510 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
|
|
|
4511 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
|
|
|
4512 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
|
|
|
4513 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
|
|
|
4514 mode.
|
|
|
4515
|
|
|
4516 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
|
|
|
4517 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
|
|
|
4518 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
|
|
|
4519 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
|
|
|
4520 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
|
|
|
4521 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
|
|
|
4522 filter." t nil)
|
|
|
4523
|
|
|
4524 ;;;***
|
|
|
4525
|
|
155
|
4526 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-add-to-label-alist reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "modes/reftex.el")
|
|
|
4527
|
|
|
4528 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
|
|
|
4529 Turn on RefTeX minor mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
4530
|
|
|
4531 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
|
|
|
4532 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
|
|
|
4533
|
|
|
4534 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
|
|
|
4535 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
|
|
|
4536 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
|
|
|
4537 \\ref macro.
|
|
|
4538
|
|
|
4539 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
|
|
|
4540 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
|
|
|
4541 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
|
|
|
4542
|
|
|
4543 A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
|
|
|
4544 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
|
|
|
4545
|
|
|
4546 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
|
|
|
4547 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
|
|
|
4548
|
|
|
4549 \\{reftex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4550 Under X, these functions will be available also in a menu on the menu bar.
|
|
|
4551
|
|
|
4552 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
|
|
|
4553
|
|
|
4554 (autoload 'reftex-add-to-label-alist "reftex" "\
|
|
|
4555 Add label environment descriptions to reftex-label-alist-external-add-ons.
|
|
|
4556 The format of ENTRY-LIST is exactly like reftex-label-alist. See there
|
|
|
4557 for details.
|
|
|
4558 This function makes it possible to support RefTeX from AUCTeX style files.
|
|
|
4559 The entries in ENTRY-LIST will be processed after the user settings in
|
|
|
4560 reftex-label-alist, and before the defaults (specified in
|
|
|
4561 reftex-default-label-alist-entries). Any changes made to
|
|
|
4562 reftex-label-alist-external-add-ons will raise a flag to the effect that a
|
|
|
4563 mode reset is done on the next occasion." nil nil)
|
|
|
4564
|
|
|
4565 ;;;***
|
|
|
4566
|
|
78
|
4567 ;;;### (autoloads (rexx-mode) "rexx-mode" "modes/rexx-mode.el")
|
|
|
4568
|
|
|
4569 (autoload 'rexx-mode "rexx-mode" "\
|
|
|
4570 Major mode for editing REXX code.
|
|
|
4571 \\{rexx-mode-map}
|
|
|
4572
|
|
|
4573 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4574 rexx-indent
|
|
|
4575 The basic indentation for do-blocks.
|
|
|
4576 rexx-end-indent
|
|
|
4577 The relative offset of the \"end\" statement. 0 places it in the
|
|
|
4578 same column as the statements of the block. Setting it to the same
|
|
|
4579 value as rexx-indent places the \"end\" under the do-line.
|
|
|
4580 rexx-cont-indent
|
|
|
4581 The indention for lines following \"then\", \"else\" and \",\"
|
|
|
4582 (continued) lines.
|
|
|
4583 rexx-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4584 Non-nil means TAB in REXX mode should always reindent the current
|
|
|
4585 line, regardless of where in the line the point is when the TAB
|
|
|
4586 command is used.
|
|
|
4587
|
|
|
4588 If you have set rexx-end-indent to a nonzero value, you probably want to
|
|
|
4589 remap RETURN to rexx-indent-newline-indent. It makes sure that lines
|
|
|
4590 indents correctly when you press RETURN.
|
|
|
4591
|
|
108
|
4592 An extensive abbreviation table consisting of all the keywords of REXX are
|
|
78
|
4593 supplied. Expanded keywords are converted into upper case making it
|
|
|
4594 easier to distinguish them. To use this feature the buffer must be in
|
|
|
4595 abbrev-mode. (See example below.)
|
|
|
4596
|
|
|
4597 Turning on REXX mode calls the value of the variable rexx-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4598 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
4599
|
|
|
4600 For example:
|
|
|
4601 \(setq rexx-mode-hook '(lambda ()
|
|
|
4602 (setq rexx-indent 4)
|
|
|
4603 (setq rexx-end-indent 4)
|
|
|
4604 (setq rexx-cont-indent 4)
|
|
|
4605 (local-set-key \"\\C-m\" 'rexx-indent-newline-indent)
|
|
|
4606 (abbrev-mode 1)
|
|
|
4607 ))
|
|
|
4608
|
|
|
4609 will make the END aligned with the DO/SELECT. It will indent blocks and
|
|
108
|
4610 IF-statements four steps and make sure that the END jumps into the
|
|
|
4611 correct position when RETURN is pressed. Finally it will use the abbrev
|
|
78
|
4612 table to convert all REXX keywords into upper case." t nil)
|
|
|
4613
|
|
|
4614 ;;;***
|
|
|
4615
|
|
|
4616 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-minibuf" "modes/rsz-minibuf.el")
|
|
|
4617
|
|
134
|
4618 (defgroup resize-minibuffer nil "Dynamically resize minibuffer to display entire contents" :group 'frames)
|
|
|
4619
|
|
|
4620 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "*Maximum size the minibuffer window is allowed to become.\nIf less than 1 or not a number, the limit is the height of the frame in\nwhich the active minibuffer window resides." :type '(choice (const nil) integer) :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4621
|
|
|
4622 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "*If non-`nil', make minibuffer exactly the size needed to display all its contents.\nOtherwise, the minibuffer window can temporarily increase in size but\nnever get smaller while it is active." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4623
|
|
|
4624 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame nil "*If non-`nil' and the active minibuffer is the sole window in its frame, allow changing the frame height." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4625
|
|
|
4626 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "*Maximum size the minibuffer frame is allowed to become.\nIf less than 1 or not a number, there is no limit.")
|
|
|
4627
|
|
|
4628 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly nil "*If non-`nil', make minibuffer frame exactly the size needed to display all its contents.\nOtherwise, the minibuffer frame can temporarily increase in size but\nnever get smaller while it is active." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
78
|
4629
|
|
|
4630 (autoload 'resize-minibuffer-mode "rsz-minibuf" "\
|
|
|
4631 Enable or disable resize-minibuffer mode.
|
|
|
4632 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. A positive argument or
|
|
|
4633 argument of 0 enables it.
|
|
|
4634
|
|
|
4635 When this minor mode is enabled, the minibuffer is dynamically resized to
|
|
|
4636 contain the entire region of text put in it as you type.
|
|
|
4637
|
|
|
4638 The variable `resize-minibuffer-mode' is set to t or nil depending on
|
|
|
4639 whether this mode is active or not.
|
|
|
4640
|
|
|
4641 The maximum height to which the minibuffer can grow is controlled by the
|
|
|
4642 variable `resize-minibuffer-window-max-height'.
|
|
|
4643
|
|
|
4644 The variable `resize-minibuffer-window-exactly' determines whether the
|
|
|
4645 minibuffer window should ever be shrunk to make it no larger than needed to
|
|
|
4646 display its contents.
|
|
|
4647
|
|
108
|
4648 When using a window system, it is possible for a minibuffer to be the sole
|
|
78
|
4649 window in a frame. Since that window is already its maximum size, the only
|
|
|
4650 way to make more text visible at once is to increase the size of the frame.
|
|
|
4651 The variable `resize-minibuffer-frame' controls whether this should be
|
|
|
4652 done. The variables `resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height' and
|
|
|
4653 `resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly' are analogous to their window
|
|
|
4654 counterparts." t nil)
|
|
|
4655
|
|
|
4656 ;;;***
|
|
|
4657
|
|
|
4658 ;;;### (autoloads (scheme-mode) "scheme" "modes/scheme.el")
|
|
|
4659
|
|
|
4660 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
|
|
|
4661 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
|
|
|
4662 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
|
|
|
4663
|
|
|
4664 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
|
|
|
4665 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
|
|
|
4666 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
|
|
|
4667 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
|
|
|
4668 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
|
|
|
4669 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
|
|
|
4670
|
|
|
4671 Commands:
|
|
|
4672 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4673 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
|
|
|
4674 \\{scheme-mode-map}
|
|
|
4675 Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook
|
|
|
4676 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4677
|
|
|
4678 ;;;***
|
|
|
4679
|
|
|
4680 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "modes/scribe.el")
|
|
|
4681
|
|
|
4682 (autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
|
|
|
4683 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
|
|
|
4684 Scribe-mode is similar text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
|
|
|
4685 \\{scribe-mode-map}
|
|
|
4686
|
|
|
4687 Interesting variables:
|
|
|
4688
|
|
|
4689 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
|
|
|
4690 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
|
|
|
4691
|
|
|
4692 scribe-electric-quote
|
|
|
4693 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
|
|
|
4694
|
|
|
4695 scribe-electric-parenthesis
|
|
|
4696 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
|
|
|
4697 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
|
|
|
4698
|
|
|
4699 ;;;***
|
|
|
4700
|
|
114
|
4701 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode user-mail-address) "sendmail" "modes/sendmail.el")
|
|
78
|
4702
|
|
|
4703 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
|
|
|
4704 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
|
|
|
4705
|
|
|
4706 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
|
|
|
4707 king@grassland.com
|
|
|
4708 If `parens', they look like:
|
|
|
4709 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
|
|
|
4710 If `angles', they look like:
|
|
|
4711 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
|
|
|
4712
|
|
|
4713 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
|
|
|
4714 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
|
|
|
4715 This is done when the message is initialized,
|
|
|
4716 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
|
|
|
4717
|
|
|
4718 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
|
|
|
4719 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
|
|
|
4720 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
|
|
|
4721
|
|
|
4722 (defvar mail-dir nil "\
|
|
|
4723 *Default directory for saving messages.")
|
|
|
4724
|
|
|
4725 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Sender:" "References:" "Return-Path:" "Received:" "[^: \n]*Message-ID:" "Errors-To:" "Path:" "Expires:" "Xref:" "Lines:" "Approved:" "Distribution:" "Content-Length:" "Mime-Version:" "Content-Type:" "Content-Transfer-Encoding:" "X400-Received:" "X400-Originator:" "X400-Mts-Identifier:" "X400-Content-Type:" "Content-Identifier:" "Status:" "Summary-Line:" "X-Attribution:" "Via:" "Sent-Via:" "Mail-From:" "Origin:" "Comments:" "Originator:" "NF-ID:" "NF-From:" "Posting-Version:" "Posted:" "Posted-Date:" "Date-Received:" "Relay-Version:" "Article-I\\.D\\.:" "NNTP-Version:" "NNTP-Posting-Host:" "X-Mailer:" "X-Newsreader:" "News-Software:" "X-Received:" "X-References:" "X-Envelope-To:" "X-VMS-" "Remailed-" "X-Plantation:" "X-Windows:" "X-Pgp-") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4726 *Gubbish header fields one would rather not see.")
|
|
|
4727
|
|
|
4728 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat rmail-ignored-headers "\\|" "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Resent-To:" "Resent-By:" "Resent-CC:" "To:" "Subject:" "In-Reply-To:") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4729 Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
|
|
|
4730
|
|
|
4731 (defvar send-mail-function 'sendmail-send-it "\
|
|
|
4732 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
|
|
|
4733 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents
|
|
|
4734 match the variable `mail-header-separator'.")
|
|
|
4735
|
|
|
4736 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
|
|
|
4737 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
|
|
|
4738
|
|
|
4739 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
|
|
|
4740 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
|
|
|
4741 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
|
|
|
4742
|
|
|
4743 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
|
|
|
4744 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
|
|
|
4745 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
|
|
|
4746 when you first send mail.")
|
|
|
4747
|
|
|
4748 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
|
|
|
4749 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
|
|
|
4750 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
|
|
|
4751 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
|
|
|
4752 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
|
|
|
4753
|
|
|
4754 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
|
|
|
4755 *Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
|
|
|
4756 nil means use indentation.")
|
|
|
4757
|
|
|
4758 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
|
|
|
4759 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
|
|
|
4760 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.")
|
|
|
4761
|
|
114
|
4762 (autoload 'user-mail-address "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4763 Query the user for his mail address, unless it is already known." t nil)
|
|
|
4764
|
|
78
|
4765 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4766 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
|
|
|
4767 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
4768 C-c C-s mail-send (send the message) C-c C-c mail-send-and-exit
|
|
|
4769 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
4770 C-c C-f C-t move to To: C-c C-f C-s move to Subj:
|
|
|
4771 C-c C-f C-b move to BCC: C-c C-f C-c move to CC:
|
|
|
4772 C-c C-f C-f move to FCC: C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To:
|
|
|
4773 C-c C-t mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
4774 C-c C-w mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
4775 C-c C-y mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
|
|
|
4776 C-c C-q mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
|
4777 C-c C-v mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
|
|
|
4778
|
|
|
4779 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4780 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
|
|
|
4781 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
|
|
|
4782 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
|
|
|
4783
|
|
|
4784 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
|
|
|
4785 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
|
|
|
4786
|
|
|
4787 \\<mail-mode-map>
|
|
|
4788 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
|
|
|
4789
|
|
|
4790 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
|
|
|
4791 to move to message header fields:
|
|
|
4792 \\{mail-mode-map}
|
|
|
4793
|
|
|
4794 The variable `mail-signature' controls whether the signature file
|
|
|
4795 `mail-signature-file' is inserted immediately.
|
|
|
4796
|
|
|
4797 If `mail-signature' is nil, use \\[mail-signature] to insert the
|
|
|
4798 signature in `mail-signature-file'.
|
|
|
4799
|
|
|
4800 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
|
|
|
4801 when the message is initialized.
|
|
|
4802
|
|
|
4803 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
|
|
|
4804 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
|
|
|
4805
|
|
|
4806 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
|
|
|
4807 is inserted.
|
|
|
4808
|
|
|
4809 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
|
|
|
4810 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
|
|
|
4811
|
|
|
4812 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
|
|
|
4813 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
|
|
|
4814
|
|
|
4815 The second through fifth arguments,
|
|
|
4816 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
|
|
|
4817 the initial contents of those header fields.
|
|
|
4818 These arguments should not have final newlines.
|
|
|
4819 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer whose contents
|
|
|
4820 should be yanked if the user types C-c C-y.
|
|
|
4821 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
|
|
|
4822 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
|
|
|
4823 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
|
|
|
4824 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
|
|
|
4825
|
|
|
4826 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4827 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
4828
|
|
|
4829 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4830 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
4831
|
|
|
4832 (define-key ctl-x-map "m" 'mail)
|
|
|
4833
|
|
|
4834 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "m" 'mail-other-window)
|
|
|
4835
|
|
|
4836 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "m" 'mail-other-frame)
|
|
|
4837
|
|
|
4838 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
|
|
|
4839
|
|
|
4840 ;;;***
|
|
|
4841
|
|
|
4842 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "modes/sh-script.el")
|
|
|
4843
|
|
|
4844 (put 'sh-mode 'mode-class 'special)
|
|
|
4845
|
|
|
4846 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
|
|
|
4847 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
|
|
|
4848 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
|
|
|
4849 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
|
|
|
4850 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
|
|
|
4851 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
|
|
|
4852
|
|
|
4853 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
|
|
|
4854 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
|
|
|
4855 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
|
|
|
4856 shell-specific features.
|
|
|
4857
|
|
|
4858 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
|
|
|
4859 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
|
|
|
4860 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
|
|
|
4861
|
|
|
4862 \\[sh-case] case statement
|
|
|
4863 \\[sh-for] for loop
|
|
|
4864 \\[sh-function] function definition
|
|
|
4865 \\[sh-if] if statement
|
|
|
4866 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
|
|
|
4867 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
|
|
|
4868 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
|
|
|
4869 \\[sh-select] select loop
|
|
|
4870 \\[sh-until] until loop
|
|
|
4871 \\[sh-while] while loop
|
|
|
4872
|
|
|
4873 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
|
|
|
4874 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
|
|
|
4875 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
|
|
|
4876 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
|
|
|
4877 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
|
|
|
4878 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
|
|
|
4879
|
|
|
4880 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
|
|
|
4881 {, (, [, ', \", `
|
|
|
4882 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
|
|
|
4883
|
|
|
4884 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
|
|
|
4885 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
|
|
|
4886 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
|
|
|
4887
|
|
|
4888 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
|
|
|
4889 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
|
|
|
4890
|
|
|
4891 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
|
|
|
4892
|
|
|
4893 ;;;***
|
|
|
4894
|
|
153
|
4895 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "modes/strokes.el")
|
|
|
4896
|
|
|
4897 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
|
|
|
4898 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
|
|
|
4899
|
|
|
4900 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4901 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
|
|
|
4902 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
|
|
|
4903 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
|
|
|
4904 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
|
|
|
4905 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
|
|
|
4906
|
|
|
4907 (defalias 'global-set-stroke 'strokes-global-set-stroke)
|
|
|
4908
|
|
|
4909 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4910 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
|
|
|
4911 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
|
|
|
4912 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
|
|
|
4913 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
|
|
|
4914 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
|
|
|
4915 Optional EVENT is currently not used, but hopefully will be soon." nil nil)
|
|
|
4916
|
|
|
4917 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4918 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
|
|
|
4919 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
|
|
|
4920 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
|
|
|
4921 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
|
|
|
4922 then complete the stroke with button3.
|
|
|
4923 Optional EVENT is currently not used, but hopefully will be soon." nil nil)
|
|
|
4924
|
|
|
4925 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4926 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
|
|
|
4927 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
|
|
|
4928
|
|
|
4929 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4930 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
|
|
|
4931 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
|
|
|
4932
|
|
|
4933 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4934 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
4935
|
|
|
4936 (defalias 'describe-stroke 'strokes-describe-stroke)
|
|
|
4937
|
|
|
4938 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4939 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
|
|
|
4940
|
|
|
4941 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4942 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
|
|
|
4943
|
|
|
4944 (defalias 'load-user-strokes 'strokes-load-user-strokes)
|
|
|
4945
|
|
|
4946 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4947 Pop up a buffer containing a listing of all strokes defined in STROKE-MAP.
|
|
|
4948 If STROKE-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
|
|
|
4949
|
|
|
4950 (defalias 'list-strokes 'strokes-list-strokes)
|
|
151
|
4951
|
|
|
4952 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4953 Toggle strokes being enabled.
|
|
|
4954 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
|
|
|
4955 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
|
|
153
|
4956 mode in all buffers when activated.
|
|
|
4957 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
|
|
|
4958 new strokes with
|
|
|
4959
|
|
|
4960 > M-x global-set-stroke" t nil)
|
|
151
|
4961
|
|
|
4962 ;;;***
|
|
|
4963
|
|
78
|
4964 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" "modes/tcl.el")
|
|
|
4965
|
|
|
4966 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4967 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
|
|
|
4968 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
|
|
|
4969 Tab indents for Tcl code.
|
|
|
4970 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4971 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4972
|
|
|
4973 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4974 tcl-indent-level
|
|
|
4975 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4976 tcl-continued-indent-level
|
|
|
4977 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
|
|
|
4978
|
|
|
4979 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
4980 documentation for details):
|
|
|
4981 tcl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4982 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
4983 tcl-auto-newline
|
|
|
4984 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
|
|
|
4985 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
|
|
|
4986 tcl-electric-hash-style
|
|
|
4987 Controls action of `#' key.
|
|
|
4988 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
|
|
|
4989 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
|
|
|
4990 This variable is only used in GNU Emacs 19.
|
|
|
4991 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
|
|
|
4992 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
|
|
|
4993 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
|
|
|
4994
|
|
|
4995 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4996 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
4997 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
4998 already exist.
|
|
|
4999
|
|
|
5000 Commands:
|
|
|
5001 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5002
|
|
|
5003 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
|
|
|
5004 Run inferior Tcl process.
|
|
|
5005 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
|
|
|
5006 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
5007
|
|
|
5008 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
|
|
|
5009 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
|
|
|
5010 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
|
|
|
5011
|
|
|
5012 ;;;***
|
|
|
5013
|
|
|
5014 ;;;### (autoloads (latex-mode plain-tex-mode tex-mode) "tex-mode" "modes/tex-mode.el")
|
|
|
5015
|
|
|
5016 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
5017 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
|
|
|
5018 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
|
|
|
5019 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls plain-tex-mode,
|
|
|
5020 latex-mode, or slitex-mode, respectively. If it cannot be determined,
|
|
|
5021 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of tex-default-mode
|
|
|
5022 is used." t nil)
|
|
|
5023
|
|
|
5024 (fset 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
|
|
|
5025
|
|
|
5026 (fset 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
|
|
|
5027
|
|
|
5028 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
5029 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
|
|
|
5030 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
5031 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
5032 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
5033
|
|
|
5034 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
|
|
|
5035 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
|
|
|
5036 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
5037 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
5038 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
5039 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
5040 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
5041
|
|
|
5042 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
5043 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
5044
|
|
|
5045 Special commands:
|
|
|
5046 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
5047
|
|
|
5048 Mode variables:
|
|
|
5049 tex-run-command
|
|
|
5050 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
5051 tex-directory
|
|
|
5052 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
|
|
|
5053 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
5054 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
5055 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
5056 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
5057 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
5058 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
5059 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
5060 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
5061 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
5062 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
5063 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
5064
|
|
|
5065 Entering Plain-tex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
5066 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of plain-tex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
5067 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
5068
|
|
|
5069 (fset 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
|
|
|
5070
|
|
|
5071 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
5072 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
|
|
|
5073 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
5074 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
5075 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
5076
|
|
|
5077 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
|
|
|
5078 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
|
|
|
5079 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
5080 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
5081 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
5082 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
5083 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
5084
|
|
|
5085 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
5086 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
5087
|
|
|
5088 Special commands:
|
|
|
5089 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
5090
|
|
|
5091 Mode variables:
|
|
|
5092 latex-run-command
|
|
|
5093 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
5094 tex-directory
|
|
|
5095 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
|
|
|
5096 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
5097 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
5098 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
5099 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
5100 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
5101 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
5102 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
5103 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
5104 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
5105 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
5106 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
5107
|
|
|
5108 Entering Latex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
5109 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of latex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
5110 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
5111
|
|
|
5112 ;;;***
|
|
|
5113
|
|
|
5114 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "modes/texinfo.el")
|
|
|
5115
|
|
|
5116 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
|
|
|
5117 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
|
|
|
5118
|
|
|
5119 It has these extra commands:
|
|
|
5120 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
|
|
|
5121
|
|
|
5122 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
|
|
|
5123 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
|
|
|
5124 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
|
|
|
5125 modified version of TeX input format.
|
|
|
5126
|
|
|
5127 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
|
|
|
5128 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
|
|
|
5129 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
|
|
|
5130 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
|
|
|
5131
|
|
|
5132 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
|
|
|
5133 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
|
|
|
5134 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
|
|
|
5135 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
|
|
|
5136 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
|
|
|
5137 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
|
|
|
5138 in the Texinfo file.
|
|
|
5139
|
|
|
5140 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
|
|
|
5141 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
|
|
|
5142 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
|
|
|
5143 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
|
|
|
5144 move forward past the closing brace.
|
|
|
5145
|
|
|
5146 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
|
|
|
5147 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
|
|
|
5148
|
|
|
5149 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
|
|
|
5150 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
|
|
|
5151 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
|
|
|
5152
|
|
|
5153 Here are the functions:
|
|
|
5154
|
|
|
5155 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
5156 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
5157 texinfo-sequential-node-update
|
|
|
5158
|
|
|
5159 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
5160 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
5161 texinfo-master-menu
|
|
|
5162
|
|
|
5163 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
5164
|
|
|
5165 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
5166 which menu descriptions are indented.
|
|
|
5167
|
|
|
5168 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
|
|
|
5169 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
|
|
|
5170 in the region.
|
|
|
5171
|
|
|
5172 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
|
|
|
5173 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
|
|
|
5174 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
|
|
|
5175 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
|
|
|
5176
|
|
|
5177 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
|
|
|
5178 be the first node in the file.
|
|
|
5179
|
|
|
5180 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
|
|
|
5181 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
5182
|
|
|
5183 ;;;***
|
|
|
5184
|
|
98
|
5185 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "modes/verilog-mode.el")
|
|
|
5186
|
|
|
5187 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
|
|
|
5188 Major mode for editing Verilog code. \\<verilog-mode-map>
|
|
|
5189 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
|
|
|
5190 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
5191 Supports highlighting.
|
|
|
5192
|
|
|
5193 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
5194
|
|
|
5195 verilog-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
5196 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
134
|
5197 verilog-indent-level-module (default 3)
|
|
|
5198 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
|
|
|
5199 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
|
|
|
5200 on the left side of your screen.
|
|
|
5201 verilog-indent-level-declaration (default 3)
|
|
|
5202 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
5203 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
|
|
|
5204 verilog-indent-level-behavorial (default 3)
|
|
|
5205 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
|
|
|
5206 Set to 0 to get such code to linedup underneath the task or function keyword
|
|
98
|
5207 verilog-cexp-indent (default 1)
|
|
|
5208 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines.
|
|
|
5209 verilog-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
5210 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
5211 verilog-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
134
|
5212 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctation
|
|
|
5213 mark after an end.
|
|
98
|
5214 verilog-auto-indent-on-newline (default t)
|
|
|
5215 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline
|
|
|
5216 verilog-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
5217 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
5218 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
5219 verilog-indent-begin-after-if (default t)
|
|
108
|
5220 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
|
|
98
|
5221 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. otherwise,
|
|
108
|
5222 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
|
|
98
|
5223 if (a)
|
|
|
5224 begin
|
|
|
5225 otherwise you get:
|
|
|
5226 if (a)
|
|
|
5227 begin
|
|
|
5228 verilog-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
134
|
5229 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
|
|
|
5230 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
|
|
98
|
5231 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
|
|
134
|
5232 verilog-minimum-comment-distance (default 40)
|
|
|
5233 Minimum distance between begin and end required before a comment
|
|
|
5234 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
|
|
|
5235 end aquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundanet
|
|
|
5236 comments in tight quarters.
|
|
98
|
5237 verilog-auto-lineup (default `(all))
|
|
|
5238 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
|
|
|
5239
|
|
|
5240 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable verilog-mode-hook with
|
|
|
5241 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
5242 Other useful functions are:
|
|
134
|
5243 \\[verilog-complete-word] -complete word with appropriate possibilities
|
|
|
5244 (functions, verilog keywords...)
|
|
|
5245 \\[verilog-comment-region] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing
|
|
|
5246 nested comments.
|
|
|
5247 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
|
|
98
|
5248 \\[verilog-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
5249 \\[verilog-star-comment] - insert /* ... */
|
|
|
5250 \\[verilog-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
5251 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
5252 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
134
|
5253 \\[verilog-label-be] - Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join
|
|
|
5254 and case ... endcase statements;
|
|
98
|
5255 " t nil)
|
|
|
5256
|
|
|
5257 ;;;***
|
|
|
5258
|
|
78
|
5259 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "modes/vhdl-mode.el")
|
|
|
5260
|
|
|
5261 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
|
|
|
5262 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
|
|
161
|
5263 vhdl-mode $Revision: 1.33 $
|
|
78
|
5264 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
5265 vhdl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
5266 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
108
|
5267 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
78
|
5268
|
|
|
5269 Note that the details of configuring vhdl-mode will soon be moved to the
|
|
|
5270 accompanying texinfo manual. Until then, please read the README file
|
|
|
5271 that came with the vhdl-mode distribution.
|
|
|
5272
|
|
|
5273 The hook variable `vhdl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
5274 bound and has a non-nil value.
|
|
|
5275
|
|
|
5276 Key bindings:
|
|
|
5277 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5278
|
|
|
5279 ;;;***
|
|
|
5280
|
|
|
5281 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-view-mode view-major-mode view-mode view-minor-mode view-buffer-other-window view-file-other-window view-buffer view-file) "view-less" "modes/view-less.el")
|
|
|
5282
|
|
159
|
5283 (defvar view-minor-mode-map (let ((map (make-keymap))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-minor-mode-map) (suppress-keymap map) (define-key map "-" 'negative-argument) (define-key map " " 'scroll-up) (define-key map "f" 'scroll-up) (define-key map "b" 'scroll-down) (define-key map 'backspace 'scroll-down) (define-key map 'delete 'scroll-down) (define-key map "
" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "\n" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "e" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "j" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "y" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "k" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "d" 'view-scroll-some-lines-up) (define-key map "u" 'view-scroll-some-lines-down) (define-key map "r" 'recenter) (define-key map "t" 'toggle-truncate-lines) (define-key map "N" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "E" 'view-file) (define-key map "P" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "!" 'shell-command) (define-key map "|" 'shell-command-on-region) (define-key map "=" 'what-line) (define-key map "?" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "h" 'view-mode-describe) (define-key map "s" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "n" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "/" 'view-search-forward) (define-key map "\\" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "g" 'view-goto-line) (define-key map "G" 'view-last-windowful) (define-key map "%" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "p" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "m" 'point-to-register) (define-key map "'" 'register-to-point) (define-key map "C" 'view-cleanup-backspaces) (define-key map "" 'view-quit) (define-key map "" 'view-quit-toggle-ro) (define-key map "q" 'view-quit) map))
|
|
116
|
5284
|
|
|
5285 (defvar view-mode-map (let ((map (copy-keymap view-minor-mode-map))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-mode-map) map))
|
|
|
5286
|
|
78
|
5287 (autoload 'view-file "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5288 Find FILE, enter view mode. With prefix arg OTHER-P, use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
5289
|
|
|
5290 (autoload 'view-buffer "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5291 Switch to BUF, enter view mode. With prefix arg use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
5292
|
|
|
5293 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5294 Find FILE in other window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5295
|
|
|
5296 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5297 Switch to BUFFER in another window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5298
|
|
|
5299 (autoload 'view-minor-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5300 Minor mode for viewing text, with bindings like `less'.
|
|
|
5301 Commands are:
|
|
|
5302 \\<view-minor-mode-map>
|
|
|
5303 0..9 prefix args
|
|
|
5304 - prefix minus
|
|
|
5305 \\[scroll-up] page forward
|
|
|
5306 \\[scroll-down] page back
|
|
|
5307 \\[view-scroll-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 1.
|
|
|
5308 \\[view-scroll-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 1.
|
|
|
5309 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 10.
|
|
|
5310 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 10.
|
|
|
5311 \\[what-line] print line number
|
|
|
5312 \\[view-mode-describe] print this help message
|
|
|
5313 \\[view-search-forward] regexp search, uses previous string if you just hit RET
|
|
|
5314 \\[view-search-backward] as above but searches backward
|
|
|
5315 \\[view-repeat-search] repeat last search
|
|
|
5316 \\[view-goto-line] goto line prefix-arg, default 1
|
|
|
5317 \\[view-last-windowful] goto line prefix-arg, default last line
|
|
|
5318 \\[view-goto-percent] goto a position by percentage
|
|
|
5319 \\[toggle-truncate-lines] toggle truncate-lines
|
|
|
5320 \\[view-file] view another file
|
|
|
5321 \\[view-buffer] view another buffer
|
|
|
5322 \\[view-cleanup-backspaces] cleanup backspace constructions
|
|
|
5323 \\[shell-command] execute a shell command
|
|
|
5324 \\[shell-command-on-region] execute a shell command with the region as input
|
|
|
5325 \\[view-quit] exit view-mode, and bury the current buffer.
|
|
|
5326
|
|
|
5327 If invoked with the optional (prefix) arg non-nil, view-mode cleans up
|
|
|
5328 backspace constructions.
|
|
|
5329
|
|
|
5330 More precisely:
|
|
|
5331 \\{view-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5332
|
|
|
5333 (autoload 'view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5334 View the current buffer using view-minor-mode. This exists to be 99.9%
|
|
|
5335 compatible with the implementations of `view-mode' in view.el and older
|
|
|
5336 versions of view-less.el." t nil)
|
|
|
5337
|
|
|
5338 (autoload 'view-major-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5339 View the current buffer using view-mode, as a major mode.
|
|
|
5340 This function has a nonstandard name because `view-mode' is wrongly
|
|
|
5341 named but is like this for compatibility reasons." t nil)
|
|
|
5342
|
|
|
5343 (autoload 'auto-view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5344 If the file of the current buffer is not writable, call view-mode.
|
|
|
5345 This is meant to be added to `find-file-hooks'." nil nil)
|
|
|
5346
|
|
|
5347 ;;;***
|
|
|
5348
|
|
|
5349 ;;;### (autoloads (vrml-mode) "vrml-mode" "modes/vrml-mode.el")
|
|
|
5350
|
|
|
5351 (autoload 'vrml-mode "vrml-mode" "\
|
|
|
5352 Major mode for editing VRML code.
|
|
|
5353 Expression and list commands understand all VRML brackets.
|
|
|
5354 Tab indents for VRML code.
|
|
|
5355 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
5356 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
5357
|
|
|
5358 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
5359 vrml-indent-level
|
|
|
5360 Indentation of VRML statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
5361
|
|
|
5362 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
5363 documentation for details):
|
|
|
5364 vrml-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
5365 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
5366 vrml-auto-newline
|
|
|
5367 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
5368 inserted in VRML code.
|
|
|
5369
|
|
|
5370 Turning on VRML mode calls the value of the variable `vrml-mode-hook'
|
|
|
5371 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
5372 `vrml-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
5373 already exist.
|
|
|
5374
|
|
|
5375 Commands:
|
|
|
5376 \\{vrml-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5377
|
|
|
5378 ;;;***
|
|
|
5379
|
|
|
5380 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-mode) "xpm-mode" "modes/xpm-mode.el")
|
|
|
5381
|
|
|
5382 (autoload 'xpm-mode "xpm-mode" "\
|
|
|
5383 Treat the current buffer as an xpm file and colorize it.
|
|
|
5384
|
|
|
5385 Shift-button-1 lets you paint by dragging the mouse. Shift-button-1 on a
|
|
|
5386 color definition line will change the current painting color to that line's
|
|
|
5387 value.
|
|
|
5388
|
|
|
5389 Characters inserted from the keyboard will NOT be colored properly yet.
|
|
|
5390 Use the mouse, or do xpm-init (\\[xpm-init]) after making changes.
|
|
|
5391
|
|
|
5392 \\[xpm-add-color] Add a new color, prompting for character and value
|
|
|
5393 \\[xpm-show-image] show the current image at the top of the buffer
|
|
|
5394 \\[xpm-parse-color] parse the current line's color definition and add
|
|
|
5395 it to the color table. Provided as a means of changing colors.
|
|
|
5396 XPM minor mode bindings:
|
|
|
5397 \\{xpm-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5398
|
|
|
5399 ;;;***
|
|
|
5400
|
|
|
5401 ;;;### (autoloads (br-env-load br-env-browse) "br-env" "oobr/br-env.el")
|
|
|
5402
|
|
|
5403 (autoload 'br-env-browse "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5404 Invoke the OO-Browser on an existing or to be created Environment ENV-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
5405
|
|
|
5406 (autoload 'br-env-load "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5407 Load browser Environment or spec from optional ENV-FILE or 'br-env-file'.
|
|
|
5408 Non-nil PROMPT means prompt user before building tables.
|
|
|
5409 Non-nil NO-BUILD means skip build of Environment entirely.
|
|
|
5410 Return t if load is successful, else nil." t nil)
|
|
|
5411
|
|
|
5412 ;;;***
|
|
|
5413
|
|
|
5414 ;;;### (autoloads (oo-browser) "br-start" "oobr/br-start.el")
|
|
|
5415
|
|
|
5416 (fset 'oobr 'oo-browser)
|
|
|
5417
|
|
|
5418 (autoload 'oo-browser "br-start" "\
|
|
|
5419 Prompt for an Environment and language over which to run the OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5420 Optional prefix argument SAME-ENV-FLAG means browse the current Environment,
|
|
120
|
5421 if any, without prompting. Otherwise, if called interactively, give the user
|
|
|
5422 a choice whether to re-browse the last Environment or to browse a new one." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5423
|
|
|
5424 ;;;***
|
|
|
5425
|
|
|
5426 ;;;### (autoloads (br-to-from-viewer br-add-class-file) "br" "oobr/br.el")
|
|
|
5427
|
|
|
5428 (autoload 'br-add-class-file "br" "\
|
|
|
5429 Add a file of classes to the current Environment.
|
|
|
5430 Interactively or when optional CLASS-PATH is nil, CLASS-PATH defaults to the
|
|
|
5431 current buffer file pathname. If optional LIB-TABLE-P is non-nil, add to
|
|
|
5432 Library Environment, otherwise add to System Environment. If optional
|
|
|
5433 SAVE-FILE is t, the Environment is then stored to the filename given by
|
|
100
|
5434 `br-env-file'. If SAVE-FILE is non-nil and not t, its string value is used
|
|
78
|
5435 as the file to which to save the Environment." t nil)
|
|
|
5436
|
|
|
5437 (autoload 'br-to-from-viewer "br" "\
|
|
|
5438 Move point to viewer window or back to last recorded listing window." t nil)
|
|
|
5439
|
|
|
5440 ;;;***
|
|
|
5441
|
|
|
5442 ;;;### (autoloads (c++-browse) "c++-browse" "oobr/c++-browse.el")
|
|
|
5443
|
|
|
5444 (autoload 'c++-browse "c++-browse" "\
|
|
|
5445 Invoke the C++ OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5446 This allows browsing through C++ library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5447 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5448 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5449 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5450
|
|
|
5451 ;;;***
|
|
|
5452
|
|
|
5453 ;;;### (autoloads (clos-browse) "clos-brows" "oobr/clos-brows.el")
|
|
|
5454
|
|
|
5455 (autoload 'clos-browse "clos-brows" "\
|
|
|
5456 Invoke the CLOS OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5457 This allows browsing through CLOS library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5458 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5459 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5460 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5461
|
|
|
5462 ;;;***
|
|
|
5463
|
|
|
5464 ;;;### (autoloads (eif-browse) "eif-browse" "oobr/eif-browse.el")
|
|
|
5465
|
|
|
5466 (autoload 'eif-browse "eif-browse" "\
|
|
|
5467 Invoke the Eiffel OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5468 This allows browsing through Eiffel library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5469 With an optional prefix arg ENV-FILE equal to t, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5470 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5471 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5472
|
|
|
5473 ;;;***
|
|
|
5474
|
|
|
5475 ;;;### (autoloads (info-browse) "info-brows" "oobr/info-brows.el")
|
|
|
5476
|
|
|
5477 (autoload 'info-browse "info-brows" "\
|
|
|
5478 Invoke the Info OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5479 This allows browsing through Info library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5480 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5481 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5482 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5483
|
|
|
5484 ;;;***
|
|
|
5485
|
|
|
5486 ;;;### (autoloads (java-browse) "java-brows" "oobr/java-brows.el")
|
|
|
5487
|
|
|
5488 (autoload 'java-browse "java-brows" "\
|
|
|
5489 Invoke the Java OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5490 This allows browsing through Java library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5491 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5492 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5493 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5494
|
|
|
5495 ;;;***
|
|
|
5496
|
|
|
5497 ;;;### (autoloads (objc-browse) "objc-brows" "oobr/objc-brows.el")
|
|
|
5498
|
|
|
5499 (autoload 'objc-browse "objc-brows" "\
|
|
|
5500 Invoke the Objective-C OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5501 This allows browsing through Objective-C library and system class
|
|
|
5502 hierarchies. With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for
|
|
|
5503 Environment file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used
|
|
|
5504 as the Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5505
|
|
|
5506 ;;;***
|
|
|
5507
|
|
|
5508 ;;;### (autoloads (python-browse) "python-browse" "oobr/python-browse.el")
|
|
|
5509
|
|
|
5510 (autoload 'python-browse "python-browse" "\
|
|
|
5511 Invoke the Python OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5512 This allows browsing through Python library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5513 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5514 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5515 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5516
|
|
|
5517 ;;;***
|
|
|
5518
|
|
|
5519 ;;;### (autoloads (smt-browse) "smt-browse" "oobr/smt-browse.el")
|
|
|
5520
|
|
|
5521 (autoload 'smt-browse "smt-browse" "\
|
|
|
5522 Invoke the Smalltalk OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5523 This allows browsing through Smalltalk library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5524 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5525 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5526 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5527
|
|
|
5528 ;;;***
|
|
|
5529
|
|
|
5530 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "packages/add-log.el")
|
|
|
5531
|
|
|
5532 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5533 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5534
|
|
|
5535 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5536 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
|
|
|
5537
|
|
|
5538 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
|
|
|
5539 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5540 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
|
|
|
5541 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
|
|
|
5542
|
|
|
5543 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
|
|
|
5544 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
|
|
|
5545 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
|
|
|
5546
|
|
|
5547 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
|
|
|
5548 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5549
|
|
|
5550 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5551 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5552 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5553 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5554 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
|
|
|
5555 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
|
|
151
|
5556 never append to an existing entry. Today's date is calculated according to
|
|
|
5557 `change-log-time-zone-rule' if non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5558
|
|
|
5559 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5560 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5561 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5562 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'." t nil)
|
|
|
5563
|
|
|
5564 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
|
|
|
5565
|
|
|
5566 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5567 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
|
|
|
5568 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
|
|
|
5569 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
|
|
|
5570 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
|
|
|
5571 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
5572
|
|
151
|
5573 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
|
|
|
5574 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
|
|
|
5575
|
|
|
5576 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
|
|
|
5577 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
|
|
|
5578
|
|
|
5579 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode) "\
|
|
|
5580 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
|
|
|
5581
|
|
78
|
5582 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5583 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
|
|
|
5584
|
|
|
5585 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
|
|
|
5586 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
|
|
|
5587
|
|
|
5588 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
|
|
|
5589 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
|
|
|
5590 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
|
|
|
5591 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
|
|
|
5592
|
|
|
5593 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
|
|
|
5594
|
|
|
5595 ;;;***
|
|
|
5596
|
|
|
5597 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command) "apropos" "packages/apropos.el")
|
|
|
5598
|
|
|
5599 (fset 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
|
|
|
5600
|
|
|
5601 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5602 Shows commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5603 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
|
|
|
5604 variables." t nil)
|
|
|
5605
|
|
|
5606 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5607 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5608 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
|
|
|
5609 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
|
|
|
5610 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5611
|
|
|
5612 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5613 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
|
|
|
5614 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
|
|
|
5615 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
|
|
|
5616 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
|
|
|
5617
|
|
|
5618 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5619 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
|
|
|
5620 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
|
|
|
5621 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
|
|
|
5622 bindings.
|
|
|
5623 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5624
|
|
|
5625 ;;;***
|
|
|
5626
|
|
|
5627 ;;;### (autoloads (define-auto-insert auto-insert) "autoinsert" "packages/autoinsert.el")
|
|
|
5628
|
|
|
5629 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5630 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
|
|
|
5631 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
5632
|
|
|
5633 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5634 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
|
|
|
5635 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
|
|
|
5636 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
|
|
|
5637
|
|
|
5638 ;;;***
|
|
|
5639
|
|
|
5640 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "packages/avoid.el")
|
|
|
5641
|
|
80
|
5642 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
|
|
|
5643 Value is t or a symbol if the mouse pointer should avoid the cursor.
|
|
|
5644 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. Changing this
|
|
|
5645 variable is NOT the recommended way to change modes; use that function
|
|
|
5646 instead.")
|
|
|
5647
|
|
78
|
5648 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
|
|
|
5649 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
|
|
|
5650 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
|
|
|
5651 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
|
|
|
5652
|
|
|
5653 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
|
|
|
5654 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
|
|
|
5655 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
|
|
|
5656
|
|
|
5657 Effects of the different modes:
|
|
|
5658 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
|
|
|
5659 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
|
|
|
5660 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
|
|
|
5661 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
|
|
|
5662 a random distance & direction.
|
|
|
5663 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
|
|
|
5664 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
|
|
|
5665 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
|
|
|
5666
|
|
|
5667 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
|
|
|
5668
|
|
|
5669 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
|
|
|
5670 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
|
|
|
5671 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
|
|
|
5672
|
|
|
5673 (add-minor-mode 'mouse-avoidance-mode " Avoid")
|
|
|
5674
|
|
|
5675 ;;;***
|
|
|
5676
|
|
|
5677 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-cursor-mode) "blink-cursor" "packages/blink-cursor.el")
|
|
|
5678
|
|
|
5679 (autoload 'blink-cursor-mode "blink-cursor" "\
|
|
|
5680 Enable or disable a blinking cursor.
|
|
|
5681 If TIMEOUT is nil, toggle on or off.
|
|
|
5682 If TIMEOUT is t, enable with the previous timeout value.
|
|
|
5683 If TIMEOUT is 0, disable.
|
|
|
5684 If TIMEOUT is greater than 0, then the cursor will blink once
|
|
|
5685 each TIMEOUT secs (can be a float)." t nil)
|
|
|
5686
|
|
|
5687 ;;;***
|
|
|
5688
|
|
|
5689 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "packages/bookmark.el")
|
|
|
5690
|
|
|
5691 (if (symbolp (key-binding "r")) nil (progn (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)))
|
|
|
5692
|
|
|
5693 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
|
|
|
5694 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
|
|
|
5695 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
|
|
|
5696 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
|
|
|
5697 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
|
|
|
5698 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
|
|
|
5699
|
|
|
5700 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
|
|
|
5701
|
|
|
5702 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5703
|
|
|
5704 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5705
|
|
|
5706 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5707
|
|
|
5708 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5709
|
|
|
5710 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
|
|
|
5711
|
|
|
5712 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
|
|
|
5713
|
|
|
5714 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location)
|
|
|
5715
|
|
|
5716 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
|
|
|
5717
|
|
|
5718 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
|
|
|
5719
|
|
|
5720 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
|
|
|
5721
|
|
|
5722 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
|
|
|
5723
|
|
|
5724 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
|
|
|
5725
|
|
153
|
5726 (add-hook 'kill-emacs-hook (function (lambda nil (and (featurep 'bookmark) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
|
|
|
5727
|
|
78
|
5728 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5729 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
|
|
|
5730 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
|
|
|
5731 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
|
|
|
5732 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
|
|
|
5733 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
|
|
|
5734 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
|
|
|
5735 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
|
|
|
5736 recent one.
|
|
|
5737
|
|
|
5738 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
|
|
|
5739 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
|
|
|
5740 yank successive words.
|
|
|
5741
|
|
|
5742 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
|
|
|
5743 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
|
|
|
5744 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
|
|
|
5745 name of the file being visited.
|
|
|
5746
|
|
|
5747 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
|
|
|
5748 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
|
|
|
5749 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
|
|
|
5750
|
|
|
5751 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5752 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5753 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5754 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5755 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5756 this.
|
|
|
5757
|
|
|
5758 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
|
|
|
5759 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
|
|
|
5760 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
|
|
|
5761 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
|
|
|
5762
|
|
|
5763 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
|
|
153
|
5764 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
|
|
|
5765 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
|
|
|
5766 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
|
|
|
5767 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5768
|
|
|
5769 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5770 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5771 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
|
|
|
5772 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
|
|
|
5773
|
|
153
|
5774 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
|
|
|
5775
|
|
78
|
5776 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
153
|
5777 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
|
|
|
5778 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
|
|
|
5779 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
|
|
|
5780
|
|
|
5781 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
|
|
78
|
5782 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
|
|
|
5783 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5784
|
|
|
5785 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
108
|
5786 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
78
|
5787 name." t nil)
|
|
|
5788
|
|
|
5789 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5790 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5791 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5792 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5793 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5794 this." t nil)
|
|
|
5795
|
|
|
5796 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5797 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5798 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5799 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5800 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5801 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5802 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
|
|
|
5803 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
|
|
|
5804
|
|
|
5805 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
|
|
153
|
5806 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
|
|
|
5807 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5808
|
|
|
5809 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5810 Save currently defined bookmarks.
|
|
|
5811 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
|
|
|
5812 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
|
|
|
5813 \(second argument).
|
|
|
5814
|
|
|
5815 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
|
|
|
5816 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
|
|
|
5817 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
|
|
|
5818 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
|
|
|
5819 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
|
|
|
5820
|
|
|
5821 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
|
|
|
5822 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
|
|
|
5823 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
|
|
|
5824 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
|
|
|
5825
|
|
|
5826 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5827 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
|
|
|
5828 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
|
|
|
5829 optional second argument REVERT is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
|
|
|
5830 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
|
|
|
5831 while loading.
|
|
|
5832
|
|
|
5833 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
|
|
|
5834 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
|
|
|
5835 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
|
|
|
5836 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
|
|
|
5837 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
|
|
|
5838 explicitly." t nil)
|
|
|
5839
|
|
|
5840 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5841 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
|
|
|
5842 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
|
|
|
5843 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
|
|
|
5844 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
|
|
|
5845
|
|
|
5846 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5847
|
|
|
5848 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5849
|
|
|
5850 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5851 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5852 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5853 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5854 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5855 this.
|
|
|
5856
|
|
|
5857 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5858 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5859 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5860
|
|
|
5861 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5862 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5863 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5864 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5865 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5866 this.
|
|
|
5867
|
|
|
5868 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5869 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5870 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5871
|
|
|
5872 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-locate "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5873 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5874 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
|
|
|
5875
|
|
|
5876 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5877 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5878 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5879
|
|
|
5880 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5881 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5882 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5883 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
|
|
|
5884 prompts for NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5885 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
|
|
|
5886 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
|
|
|
5887 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5888
|
|
|
5889 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
108
|
5890 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
78
|
5891 name.
|
|
|
5892
|
|
|
5893 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5894 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5895 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5896
|
|
|
5897 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5898 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5899 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5900 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5901 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5902 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5903
|
|
|
5904 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5905 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5906 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5907
|
|
153
|
5908 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
|
|
|
5909
|
|
|
5910 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map (symbol-value 'menu-bar-bookmark-map))
|
|
|
5911
|
|
|
5912 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))
|
|
|
5913
|
|
|
5914 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))
|
|
|
5915
|
|
|
5916 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))
|
|
|
5917
|
|
|
5918 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))
|
|
|
5919
|
|
|
5920 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))
|
|
|
5921
|
|
|
5922 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))
|
|
|
5923
|
|
|
5924 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] '("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))
|
|
|
5925
|
|
|
5926 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] '("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))
|
|
|
5927
|
|
|
5928 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] '("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))
|
|
|
5929
|
|
|
5930 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))
|
|
|
5931
|
|
78
|
5932 ;;;***
|
|
|
5933
|
|
|
5934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "buff-menu" "packages/buff-menu.el")
|
|
|
5935
|
|
|
5936 (defvar list-buffers-directory nil)
|
|
|
5937
|
|
|
5938 (make-variable-buffer-local 'list-buffers-directory)
|
|
|
5939
|
|
|
5940 ;;;***
|
|
|
5941
|
|
|
5942 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "packages/chistory.el")
|
|
|
5943
|
|
|
5944 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5945 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
|
|
|
5946 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
|
|
|
5947 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
|
|
|
5948 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
|
|
|
5949 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
|
|
|
5950
|
|
|
5951 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5952 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
|
|
|
5953 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5954 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
|
|
|
5955 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
|
|
|
5956
|
|
|
5957 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5958
|
|
|
5959 (autoload 'command-history-mode "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5960 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
5961 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5962 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
5963 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
|
|
|
5964
|
|
|
5965 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
|
|
|
5966 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
|
|
|
5967 \\{command-history-map}
|
|
|
5968 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
5969 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
5970
|
|
|
5971 ;;;***
|
|
|
5972
|
|
|
5973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "packages/cmuscheme.el")
|
|
|
5974
|
|
|
5975 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
|
|
|
5976
|
|
|
5977 ;;;***
|
|
|
5978
|
|
|
5979 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "packages/compare-w.el")
|
|
|
5980
|
|
|
5981 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
|
|
|
5982 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
|
|
|
5983 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
|
|
|
5984 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
|
|
|
5985
|
|
|
5986 This command pushes the mark in each window
|
|
|
5987 at the prior location of point in that window.
|
|
|
5988 If both windows display the same buffer,
|
|
|
5989 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
|
|
|
5990 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
|
|
|
5991
|
|
|
5992 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
|
|
|
5993 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
|
|
|
5994 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
5995
|
|
|
5996 ;;;***
|
|
|
5997
|
|
|
5998 ;;;### (autoloads (first-error previous-error next-error compilation-minor-mode grep compile) "compile" "packages/compile.el")
|
|
|
5999
|
|
120
|
6000 (defcustom compilation-mode-hook nil "*List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks')." :type 'hook :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
6001
|
|
|
6002 (defcustom compilation-window-height nil "*Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default." :type '(choice (const nil) integer) :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
6003
|
|
|
6004 (defcustom compilation-buffer-name-function nil "Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.\nThe function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the\ncompilation buffer. It should return a string.\nnil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
6005
|
|
|
6006 (defcustom compilation-finish-function nil "*Function to call when a compilation process finishes.\nIt is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string\ndescribing how the process finished." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
6007
|
|
|
6008 (defcustom compilation-search-path '(nil) "*List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.\nElements should be directory names, not file names of directories.\nnil as an element means to try the default directory." :type '(repeat (choice (const :tag "Default" nil) directory)) :group 'compilation)
|
|
78
|
6009
|
|
|
6010 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
|
|
|
6011 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
|
|
|
6012 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
|
|
|
6013 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
|
|
|
6014
|
|
|
6015 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
|
|
|
6016 and move to the source code that caused it.
|
|
|
6017
|
|
|
6018 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
|
|
|
6019 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
|
|
|
6020
|
|
|
6021 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
|
|
|
6022 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
|
|
|
6023 Then start the next one.
|
|
|
6024
|
|
|
6025 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
|
|
|
6026 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
|
|
|
6027 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
|
|
|
6028
|
|
|
6029 (autoload 'grep "compile" "\
|
|
|
6030 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
6031 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
6032 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
|
|
|
6033
|
|
|
6034 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
|
|
|
6035 easily repeat a grep command." t nil)
|
|
|
6036
|
|
|
6037 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
|
|
|
6038 Toggle compilation minor mode.
|
|
|
6039 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
6040 See `compilation-mode'.
|
|
|
6041 ! \\{compilation-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
6042
|
|
|
6043 (autoload 'next-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
6044 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
6045 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command.
|
|
|
6046 If all preparsed error messages have been processed,
|
|
|
6047 the error message buffer is checked for new ones.
|
|
|
6048
|
|
|
6049 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
|
|
|
6050 negative means move back to previous error messages.
|
|
|
6051 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
|
|
|
6052 and start at the first error.
|
|
|
6053
|
|
|
6054 \\[next-error] normally applies to the most recent compilation started,
|
|
|
6055 but as long as you are in the middle of parsing errors from one compilation
|
|
|
6056 output buffer, you stay with that compilation output buffer.
|
|
|
6057
|
|
|
6058 Use \\[next-error] in a compilation output buffer to switch to
|
|
|
6059 processing errors from that compilation.
|
|
|
6060
|
|
|
6061 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
|
|
|
6062 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
|
|
|
6063
|
|
|
6064 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
|
|
|
6065
|
|
|
6066 (autoload 'previous-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
6067 Visit previous compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
6068 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
6069
|
|
|
6070 (autoload 'first-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
6071 Reparse the error message buffer and start at the first error
|
|
|
6072 Visit corresponding source code.
|
|
|
6073 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
6074
|
|
|
6075 ;;;***
|
|
|
6076
|
|
|
6077 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "packages/dabbrev.el")
|
|
|
6078
|
|
|
6079 (define-key global-map [(meta /)] 'dabbrev-expand)
|
|
|
6080
|
|
|
6081 (define-key global-map [(meta control /)] 'dabbrev-completion)
|
|
|
6082
|
|
|
6083 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
6084 Completion on current word.
|
|
|
6085 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
|
|
|
6086 and presents suggestions for completion.
|
|
|
6087
|
|
|
6088 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
|
|
|
6089 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
|
|
|
6090 completions.
|
|
|
6091
|
|
|
6092 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
|
|
|
6093 then it searches *all* buffers.
|
|
|
6094
|
|
|
6095 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
|
|
|
6096 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
|
|
|
6097
|
|
|
6098 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
6099 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
|
|
|
6100
|
|
|
6101 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
|
|
|
6102 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
|
|
|
6103 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
|
|
|
6104 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
|
|
|
6105 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
|
|
|
6106
|
|
|
6107 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
|
|
|
6108 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
|
|
|
6109
|
|
|
6110 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
|
|
|
6111 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
|
|
|
6112 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
|
|
|
6113
|
|
|
6114 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
|
|
|
6115 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
|
|
|
6116
|
|
|
6117 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
|
|
|
6118
|
|
|
6119 ;;;***
|
|
|
6120
|
|
104
|
6121 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff) "diff" "packages/diff.el")
|
|
|
6122
|
|
120
|
6123 (defcustom diff-switches "-c" "*A list of switches (strings) to pass to the diff program." :type '(choice string (repeat string)) :group 'diff)
|
|
104
|
6124
|
|
|
6125 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
|
|
|
6126 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
|
|
|
6127 Interactively you are prompted with the current buffer's file name for NEW
|
|
|
6128 and what appears to be its backup for OLD." t nil)
|
|
|
6129
|
|
|
6130 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
|
|
|
6131 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
|
|
|
6132 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
|
|
|
6133 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
|
|
|
6134 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
|
|
|
6135
|
|
|
6136 ;;;***
|
|
|
6137
|
|
78
|
6138 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-faces) "edit-faces" "packages/edit-faces.el")
|
|
|
6139
|
|
|
6140 (autoload 'edit-faces "edit-faces" "\
|
|
|
6141 Alter face characteristics by editing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
6142 Pops up a buffer containing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
6143
|
|
|
6144 Editing commands:
|
|
|
6145
|
|
|
6146 \\{edit-faces-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
6147
|
|
|
6148 ;;;***
|
|
|
6149
|
|
|
6150 ;;;### (autoloads (report-xemacs-bug) "emacsbug" "packages/emacsbug.el")
|
|
|
6151
|
|
|
6152 (autoload 'report-xemacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
|
|
|
6153 Report a bug in XEmacs.
|
|
|
6154 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6155
|
|
|
6156 ;;;***
|
|
|
6157
|
|
|
6158 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" "packages/emerge.el")
|
|
|
6159
|
|
|
6160 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6161 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
|
|
|
6162
|
|
|
6163 (fset 'emerge 'emerge-files)
|
|
|
6164
|
|
|
6165 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6166 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
6167
|
|
|
6168 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6169 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
6170
|
|
|
6171 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6172 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
6173
|
|
|
6174 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6175
|
|
|
6176 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6177
|
|
|
6178 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6179
|
|
|
6180 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6181
|
|
|
6182 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6183 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
|
|
|
6184
|
|
|
6185 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6186 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
6187
|
|
|
6188 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6189
|
|
|
6190 ;;;***
|
|
|
6191
|
|
|
6192 ;;;### (autoloads (tags-apropos list-tags tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file find-tag-other-window find-tag visit-tags-table) "etags" "packages/etags.el")
|
|
|
6193
|
|
142
|
6194 (defcustom tags-build-completion-table 'ask "*If this variable is nil, then tags completion is disabled.\nIf this variable is t, then things which prompt for tags will do so with \n completion across all known tags.\nIf this variable is the symbol `ask', then you will be asked whether each\n tags table should be added to the completion list as it is read in.\n (With the exception that for very small tags tables, you will not be asked,\n since they can be parsed quickly.)" :type '(radio (const :tag "Disabled" nil) (const :tag "Complete All" t) (const :tag "Ask" ask)) :group 'etags)
|
|
|
6195
|
|
|
6196 (defcustom tags-always-exact nil "*If this variable is non-nil, then tags always looks for exact matches." :type 'boolean :group 'etags)
|
|
|
6197
|
|
|
6198 (defcustom tag-table-alist nil "*A list which determines which tags files should be active for a \ngiven buffer. This is not really an association list, in that all \nelements are checked. The CAR of each element of this list is a \npattern against which the buffer's file name is compared; if it \nmatches, then the CDR of the list should be the name of the tags\ntable to use. If more than one element of this list matches the\nbuffer's file name, then all of the associated tags tables will be\nused. Earlier ones will be searched first.\n\nIf the CAR of elements of this list are strings, then they are treated\nas regular-expressions against which the file is compared (like the\nauto-mode-alist). If they are not strings, then they are evaluated.\nIf they evaluate to non-nil, then the current buffer is considered to\nmatch.\n\nIf the CDR of the elements of this list are strings, then they are\nassumed to name a TAGS file. If they name a directory, then the string\n\"TAGS\" is appended to them to get the file name. If they are not \nstrings, then they are evaluated, and must return an appropriate string.\n\nFor example:\n (setq tag-table-alist\n '((\"/usr/src/public/perl/\" . \"/usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/\")\n (\"\\\\.el$\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")\n (\"/jbw/gnu/\" . \"/usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/\")\n (\"\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")\n ))\n\nThis means that anything in the /usr/src/public/perl/ directory should use\nthe TAGS file /usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/TAGS; and file ending in .el should\nuse the TAGS file /usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS; and anything in or below the\ndirectory /jbw/gnu/ should use the TAGS file /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS.\nA file called something like \"/usr/jbw/foo.el\" would use both the TAGS files\n/usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS and /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS (in that order)\nbecause it matches both patterns.\n\nIf the buffer-local variable `buffer-tag-table' is set, then it names a tags\ntable that is searched before all others when find-tag is executed from this\nbuffer.\n\nIf there is a file called \"TAGS\" in the same directory as the file in \nquestion, then that tags file will always be used as well (after the\n`buffer-tag-table' but before the tables specified by this list.)\n\nIf the variable tags-file-name is set, then the tags file it names will apply\nto all buffers (for backwards compatibility.) It is searched first.\n" :type '(repeat (cons regexp sexp)) :group 'etags)
|
|
78
|
6199
|
|
|
6200 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
|
|
|
6201 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE first.
|
|
|
6202 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
|
|
|
6203 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory." t nil)
|
|
|
6204
|
|
|
6205 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
|
|
|
6206 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
6207 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in
|
|
|
6208 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
6209 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
6210 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
6211 If called interactively with a numeric argument, searches for the next tag
|
|
|
6212 in the tag table that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
6213 If second arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, uses another window to display
|
|
|
6214 the tag.
|
|
|
6215
|
|
|
6216 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
6217 and completion.
|
|
|
6218
|
|
|
6219 Variables of note:
|
|
|
6220
|
|
|
6221 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
6222 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
6223 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
6224 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
6225 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
6226 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
6227
|
|
|
6228 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
|
|
|
6229 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
6230 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in in another window
|
|
|
6231 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
6232 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
6233 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
6234 If second arg NEXT is non-nil (interactively, with prefix arg),
|
|
|
6235 searches for the next tag in the tag table
|
|
|
6236 that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
6237
|
|
|
6238 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
6239 and completion.
|
|
|
6240
|
|
|
6241 Variables of note:
|
|
|
6242
|
|
|
6243 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
6244 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
6245 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
6246 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
6247 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
6248 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
6249
|
|
|
6250 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
|
|
|
6251 Select next file among files in current tag table(s).
|
|
|
6252
|
|
|
6253 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
|
|
|
6254 beginning of the list of files in the (first) tags table. If the argument
|
|
|
6255 is neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
|
|
|
6256
|
|
|
6257 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
|
|
|
6258 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
|
|
|
6259
|
|
|
6260 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
|
|
|
6261 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
|
|
|
6262
|
|
|
6263 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
|
|
|
6264 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
|
|
|
6265 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
|
|
|
6266 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
|
|
|
6267 Two variables control the processing we do on each file:
|
|
|
6268 the value of `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file
|
|
|
6269 to see if it is interesting (it returns non-nil if so)
|
|
|
6270 and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to execute to operate on an interesting file
|
|
|
6271 If the latter returns non-nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
|
|
|
6272
|
|
|
6273 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
|
|
|
6274 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
|
|
|
6275 Stops when a match is found.
|
|
|
6276 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
6277
|
|
|
6278 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
6279
|
|
|
6280 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
|
|
|
6281 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
|
|
|
6282 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
|
|
|
6283 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
|
|
|
6284 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
6285
|
|
|
6286 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
6287
|
|
|
6288 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
|
|
|
6289 Display list of tags in file FILE.
|
|
|
6290 FILE should not contain a directory spec
|
|
|
6291 unless it has one in the tag table." t nil)
|
|
|
6292
|
|
|
6293 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
|
|
|
6294 Display list of all tags in tag table REGEXP matches." t nil)
|
|
|
6295
|
|
|
6296 ;;;***
|
|
|
6297
|
|
|
6298 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "packages/fast-lock.el")
|
|
|
6299
|
|
|
6300 (autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6301 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
|
|
|
6302 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
6303 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
|
|
|
6304
|
|
|
6305 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
|
|
|
6306
|
|
|
6307 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
|
|
|
6308 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
|
|
|
6309 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
|
|
|
6310
|
|
|
6311 Font Lock caches may be saved:
|
|
100
|
6312 - When you save the file's buffer.
|
|
|
6313 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
|
|
|
6314 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
|
|
78
|
6315 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
|
|
|
6316 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
|
|
|
6317
|
|
|
6318 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
|
|
|
6319
|
|
|
6320 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
|
|
|
6321 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
|
|
|
6322 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
|
|
98
|
6323 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
|
|
78
|
6324
|
|
|
6325 (autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6326 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6327
|
|
100
|
6328 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
|
|
78
|
6329
|
|
|
6330 ;;;***
|
|
|
6331
|
|
|
6332 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "packages/feedmail.el")
|
|
|
6333
|
|
|
6334 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6335
|
|
|
6336 ;;;***
|
|
|
6337
|
|
|
6338 ;;;### (autoloads (make-file-part) "file-part" "packages/file-part.el")
|
|
|
6339
|
|
|
6340 (autoload 'make-file-part "file-part" "\
|
|
|
6341 Make a file part on buffer BUFFER out of the region. Call it NAME.
|
|
|
6342 This command creates a new buffer containing the contents of the
|
|
|
6343 region and marks the buffer as referring to the specified buffer,
|
|
|
6344 called the `master buffer'. When the file-part buffer is saved,
|
|
|
6345 its changes are integrated back into the master buffer. When the
|
|
|
6346 master buffer is deleted, all file parts are deleted with it.
|
|
|
6347
|
|
|
6348 When called from a function, expects four arguments, START, END,
|
|
|
6349 NAME, and BUFFER, all of which are optional and default to the
|
|
|
6350 beginning of BUFFER, the end of BUFFER, a name generated from
|
|
|
6351 BUFFER's name, and the current buffer, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
6352
|
|
|
6353 ;;;***
|
|
|
6354
|
|
155
|
6355 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-set-defaults-1 font-lock-fontify-buffer turn-off-font-lock turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "packages/font-lock.el")
|
|
78
|
6356
|
|
|
6357 (defvar font-lock-auto-fontify t "\
|
|
|
6358 *Whether font-lock should automatically fontify files as they're loaded.
|
|
|
6359 This will only happen if font-lock has fontifying keywords for the major
|
|
|
6360 mode of the file. You can get finer-grained control over auto-fontification
|
|
|
6361 by using this variable in combination with `font-lock-mode-enable-list' or
|
|
|
6362 `font-lock-mode-disable-list'.")
|
|
|
6363
|
|
|
6364 (defvar font-lock-mode-enable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6365 *List of modes to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is nil.")
|
|
|
6366
|
|
|
6367 (defvar font-lock-mode-disable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6368 *List of modes not to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is t.")
|
|
|
6369
|
|
|
6370 (defvar font-lock-use-colors '(color) "\
|
|
|
6371 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up color defaults.
|
|
|
6372 Normally this should be '(color), meaning that Font Lock will set up
|
|
|
6373 color defaults that are only used on color displays. Set this to nil
|
|
|
6374 if you don't want Font Lock to set up color defaults at all. This
|
|
|
6375 should be one of
|
|
|
6376
|
|
|
6377 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6378 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(color x))
|
|
|
6379 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6380 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6381 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6382 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6383
|
|
|
6384 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6385 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6386 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6387
|
|
|
6388 See also `font-lock-use-fonts'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6389 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6390 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6391
|
|
|
6392 (defvar font-lock-use-fonts '(or (mono) (grayscale)) "\
|
|
|
6393 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up non-color defaults.
|
|
|
6394
|
|
|
6395 Normally this should be '(or (mono) (grayscale)), meaning that Font
|
|
|
6396 Lock will set up non-color defaults that are only used on either mono
|
|
|
6397 or grayscale displays. Set this to nil if you don't want Font Lock to
|
|
|
6398 set up non-color defaults at all. This should be one of
|
|
|
6399
|
|
|
6400 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the non-color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6401 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(grayscale x))
|
|
|
6402 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6403 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6404 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6405 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6406
|
|
|
6407 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6408 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6409 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6410
|
|
|
6411 See also `font-lock-use-colors'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6412 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6413 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6414
|
|
|
6415 (defvar font-lock-maximum-decoration nil "\
|
|
|
6416 *If non-nil, the maximum decoration level for fontifying.
|
|
|
6417 If nil, use the minimum decoration (equivalent to level 0).
|
|
|
6418 If t, use the maximum decoration available.
|
|
|
6419 If a number, use that level of decoration (or if not available the maximum).
|
|
|
6420 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . LEVEL),
|
|
|
6421 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6422 ((c++-mode . 2) (c-mode . t) (t . 1))
|
|
|
6423 means use level 2 decoration for buffers in `c++-mode', the maximum decoration
|
|
|
6424 available for buffers in `c-mode', and level 1 decoration otherwise.")
|
|
|
6425
|
|
|
6426 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'font-lock-use-maximal-decoration 'font-lock-maximum-decoration)
|
|
|
6427
|
|
|
6428 (defvar font-lock-maximum-size (* 250 1024) "\
|
|
|
6429 *If non-nil, the maximum size for buffers for fontifying.
|
|
|
6430 Only buffers less than this can be fontified when Font Lock mode is turned on.
|
|
|
6431 If nil, means size is irrelevant.
|
|
|
6432 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . SIZE),
|
|
|
6433 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6434 ((c++-mode . 256000) (c-mode . 256000) (rmail-mode . 1048576))
|
|
|
6435 means that the maximum size is 250K for buffers in `c++-mode' or `c-mode', one
|
|
|
6436 megabyte for buffers in `rmail-mode', and size is irrelevant otherwise.")
|
|
|
6437
|
|
|
6438 (defvar font-lock-keywords nil "\
|
|
|
6439 *A list of the keywords to highlight.
|
|
|
6440 Each element should be of the form:
|
|
|
6441
|
|
|
6442 MATCHER
|
|
|
6443 (MATCHER . MATCH)
|
|
|
6444 (MATCHER . FACENAME)
|
|
|
6445 (MATCHER . HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
6446 (MATCHER HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
108
|
6447 (eval . FORM)
|
|
78
|
6448
|
|
|
6449 where HIGHLIGHT should be either MATCH-HIGHLIGHT or MATCH-ANCHORED.
|
|
|
6450
|
|
108
|
6451 FORM is an expression, whose value should be a keyword element,
|
|
|
6452 evaluated when the keyword is (first) used in a buffer. This feature
|
|
|
6453 can be used to provide a keyword that can only be generated when Font
|
|
|
6454 Lock mode is actually turned on.
|
|
|
6455
|
|
78
|
6456 For highlighting single items, typically only MATCH-HIGHLIGHT is required.
|
|
108
|
6457 However, if an item or (typically) items is to be highlighted following the
|
|
78
|
6458 instance of another item (the anchor) then MATCH-ANCHORED may be required.
|
|
|
6459
|
|
|
6460 MATCH-HIGHLIGHT should be of the form:
|
|
|
6461
|
|
|
6462 (MATCH FACENAME OVERRIDE LAXMATCH)
|
|
|
6463
|
|
102
|
6464 Where MATCHER can be either the regexp to search for, a variable
|
|
|
6465 containing the regexp to search for, or the function to call to make
|
|
|
6466 the search (called with one argument, the limit of the search). MATCH
|
|
|
6467 is the subexpression of MATCHER to be highlighted. FACENAME is either
|
|
|
6468 a symbol naming a face, or an expression whose value is the face name
|
|
|
6469 to use. If you want FACENAME to be a symbol that evaluates to a face,
|
|
|
6470 use a form like \"(progn sym)\".
|
|
78
|
6471
|
|
|
6472 OVERRIDE and LAXMATCH are flags. If OVERRIDE is t, existing fontification may
|
|
|
6473 be overwritten. If `keep', only parts not already fontified are highlighted.
|
|
|
6474 If `prepend' or `append', existing fontification is merged with the new, in
|
|
|
6475 which the new or existing fontification, respectively, takes precedence.
|
|
|
6476 If LAXMATCH is non-nil, no error is signalled if there is no MATCH in MATCHER.
|
|
|
6477
|
|
|
6478 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6479
|
|
|
6480 \"\\\\\\=<foo\\\\\\=>\" Discrete occurrences of \"foo\" in the value of the
|
|
|
6481 variable `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6482 (\"fu\\\\(bar\\\\)\" . 1) Substring \"bar\" within all occurrences of \"fubar\" in
|
|
|
6483 the value of `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6484 (\"fubar\" . fubar-face) Occurrences of \"fubar\" in the value of `fubar-face'.
|
|
|
6485 (\"foo\\\\|bar\" 0 foo-bar-face t)
|
|
|
6486 Occurrences of either \"foo\" or \"bar\" in the value
|
|
|
6487 of `foo-bar-face', even if already highlighted.
|
|
|
6488
|
|
|
6489 MATCH-ANCHORED should be of the form:
|
|
|
6490
|
|
|
6491 (MATCHER PRE-MATCH-FORM POST-MATCH-FORM MATCH-HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
|
6492
|
|
|
6493 Where MATCHER is as for MATCH-HIGHLIGHT with one exception. The limit of the
|
|
|
6494 search is currently guaranteed to be (no greater than) the end of the line.
|
|
|
6495 PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are evaluated before the first, and after
|
|
|
6496 the last, instance MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER is used. Therefore they can be
|
|
|
6497 used to initialise before, and cleanup after, MATCHER is used. Typically,
|
|
|
6498 PRE-MATCH-FORM is used to move to some position relative to the original
|
|
|
6499 MATCHER, before starting with MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER. POST-MATCH-FORM might
|
|
|
6500 be used to move, before resuming with MATCH-ANCHORED's parent's MATCHER.
|
|
|
6501
|
|
|
6502 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6503
|
|
|
6504 (\"\\\\\\=<anchor\\\\\\=>\" (0 anchor-face) (\"\\\\\\=<item\\\\\\=>\" nil nil (0 item-face)))
|
|
|
6505
|
|
|
6506 Discrete occurrences of \"anchor\" in the value of `anchor-face', and subsequent
|
|
|
6507 discrete occurrences of \"item\" (on the same line) in the value of `item-face'.
|
|
|
6508 (Here PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are nil. Therefore \"item\" is
|
|
|
6509 initially searched for starting from the end of the match of \"anchor\", and
|
|
|
6510 searching for subsequent instance of \"anchor\" resumes from where searching
|
|
|
6511 for \"item\" concluded.)
|
|
|
6512
|
|
|
6513 Note that the MATCH-ANCHORED feature is experimental; in the future, we may
|
|
|
6514 replace it with other ways of providing this functionality.
|
|
|
6515
|
|
|
6516 These regular expressions should not match text which spans lines. While
|
|
|
6517 \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] handles multi-line patterns correctly, updating
|
|
|
6518 when you edit the buffer does not, since it considers text one line at a time.
|
|
|
6519
|
|
|
6520 Be very careful composing regexps for this list;
|
|
|
6521 the wrong pattern can dramatically slow things down!")
|
|
|
6522
|
|
|
6523 (make-variable-buffer-local 'font-lock-keywords)
|
|
|
6524
|
|
|
6525 (defvar font-lock-mode nil)
|
|
|
6526
|
|
|
6527 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
|
|
|
6528 Function or functions to run on entry to font-lock-mode.")
|
|
|
6529
|
|
|
6530 (autoload 'font-lock-mode "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6531 Toggle Font Lock Mode.
|
|
|
6532 With arg, turn font-lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
6533
|
|
|
6534 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
|
|
|
6535
|
|
|
6536 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
|
|
|
6537 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
|
|
|
6538 - Documentation strings (in Lisp-like languages) are displayed in
|
|
|
6539 `font-lock-doc-string-face';
|
|
|
6540 - Language keywords (\"reserved words\") are displayed in
|
|
|
6541 `font-lock-keyword-face';
|
|
|
6542 - Function names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6543 `font-lock-function-name-face';
|
|
|
6544 - Variable names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6545 `font-lock-variable-name-face';
|
|
|
6546 - Type names are displayed in `font-lock-type-face';
|
|
|
6547 - References appearing in help files and the like are displayed
|
|
|
6548 in `font-lock-reference-face';
|
|
|
6549 - Preprocessor declarations are displayed in
|
|
|
6550 `font-lock-preprocessor-face';
|
|
|
6551
|
|
|
6552 and
|
|
|
6553
|
|
|
6554 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according
|
|
|
6555 to the value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
|
|
|
6556
|
|
|
6557 Where modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
|
|
|
6558 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
|
|
|
6559 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
|
|
|
6560 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
|
|
|
6561 To fontify a buffer without turning on Font Lock mode, and regardless of buffer
|
|
|
6562 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
|
|
|
6563
|
|
|
6564 See the variable `font-lock-keywords' for customization." t nil)
|
|
|
6565
|
|
|
6566 (autoload 'turn-on-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6567 Unconditionally turn on Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6568
|
|
|
6569 (autoload 'turn-off-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6570 Unconditionally turn off Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6571
|
|
|
6572 (autoload 'font-lock-fontify-buffer "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6573 Fontify the current buffer the way `font-lock-mode' would.
|
|
|
6574 See `font-lock-mode' for details.
|
|
|
6575
|
|
|
6576 This can take a while for large buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
6577
|
|
155
|
6578 (autoload 'font-lock-set-defaults-1 "font-lock" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6579
|
|
78
|
6580 (add-minor-mode 'font-lock-mode " Font")
|
|
|
6581
|
|
|
6582 ;;;***
|
|
|
6583
|
|
155
|
6584 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-mode) "generic-sc" "packages/generic-sc.el")
|
|
|
6585
|
|
|
6586 (autoload 'sc-mode "generic-sc" "\
|
|
|
6587 Toggle sc-mode.
|
|
|
6588 SYSTEM can be sccs, rcs or cvs.
|
|
|
6589 Cvs requires the pcl-cvs package.
|
|
|
6590
|
|
|
6591 The following commands are available
|
|
|
6592 \\[sc-next-operation] perform next logical source control operation on current file
|
|
|
6593 \\[sc-show-changes] compare the version being edited with an older one
|
|
|
6594 \\[sc-version-diff-file] compare two older versions of a file
|
|
|
6595 \\[sc-show-history] display change history of current file
|
|
|
6596 \\[sc-visit-previous-revision] display an older revision of current file
|
|
|
6597 \\[sc-revert-file] revert buffer to last checked-in version
|
|
|
6598 \\[sc-list-all-locked-files] show all files locked in current directory
|
|
|
6599 \\[sc-list-locked-files] show all files locked by you in current directory
|
|
|
6600 \\[sc-list-registered-files] show all files under source control in current directory
|
|
|
6601 \\[sc-update-directory] get fresh copies of files checked-in by others in current directory
|
|
|
6602 \\[sc-rename-file] rename the current file and its source control file
|
|
|
6603
|
|
|
6604
|
|
|
6605 While you are entering a change log message for a check in, sc-log-entry-mode
|
|
|
6606 will be in effect.
|
|
|
6607
|
|
|
6608 Global user options:
|
|
|
6609 sc-diff-command A list consisting of the command and flags
|
|
|
6610 to be used for generating context diffs.
|
|
|
6611 sc-mode-expert suppresses some conformation prompts,
|
|
|
6612 notably for delta aborts and file saves.
|
|
|
6613 sc-max-log-size specifies the maximum allowable size
|
|
|
6614 of a log message plus one.
|
|
|
6615
|
|
|
6616
|
|
|
6617 When using SCCS you have additional commands and options
|
|
|
6618
|
|
|
6619 \\[sccs-insert-headers] insert source control headers in current file
|
|
|
6620
|
|
|
6621 When you generate headers into a buffer using \\[sccs-insert-headers],
|
|
|
6622 the value of sc-insert-headers-hook is called before insertion. If the
|
|
|
6623 file is recognized a C or Lisp source, sc-insert-c-header-hook or
|
|
|
6624 sc-insert-lisp-header-hook is called after insertion respectively.
|
|
|
6625
|
|
|
6626 sccs-headers-wanted which %-keywords to insert when adding
|
|
|
6627 headers with C-c h
|
|
|
6628 sccs-insert-static if non-nil, keywords inserted in C files
|
|
|
6629 get stuffed in a static string area so that
|
|
|
6630 what(1) can see them in the compiled object code.
|
|
|
6631
|
|
|
6632 When using CVS you have additional commands
|
|
|
6633
|
|
|
6634 \\[sc-cvs-update-directory] update the current directory using pcl-cvs
|
|
|
6635 \\[sc-cvs-file-status] show the CVS status of current file
|
|
|
6636 " t nil)
|
|
|
6637
|
|
|
6638 ;;;***
|
|
|
6639
|
|
151
|
6640 ;;;### (autoloads (gnuserv-start gnuserv-running-p) "gnuserv" "packages/gnuserv.el")
|
|
149
|
6641
|
|
|
6642 (defcustom gnuserv-frame nil "*The frame to be used to display all edited files.\nIf nil, then a new frame is created for each file edited.\nIf t, then the currently selected frame will be used.\nIf a function, then this will be called with a symbol `x' or `tty' as the\nonly argument, and its return value will be interpreted as above." :tag "Gnuserv Frame" :type '(radio (const :tag "Create new frame each time" nil) (const :tag "Use selected frame" t) (function-item :tag "Use main Emacs frame" gnuserv-main-frame-function) (function-item :tag "Use visible frame, otherwise create new" gnuserv-visible-frame-function) (function-item :tag "Create special Gnuserv frame and use it" gnuserv-special-frame-function) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'gnuserv)
|
|
78
|
6643
|
|
151
|
6644 (autoload 'gnuserv-running-p "gnuserv" "\
|
|
|
6645 Return non-nil if a gnuserv process is running from this XEmacs session." nil nil)
|
|
|
6646
|
|
78
|
6647 (autoload 'gnuserv-start "gnuserv" "\
|
|
|
6648 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
|
|
149
|
6649 This starts a gnuserv communications subprocess through which
|
|
78
|
6650 client \"editors\" (gnuclient and gnudoit) can send editing commands to
|
|
149
|
6651 this Emacs job. See the gnuserv(1) manual page for more details.
|
|
78
|
6652
|
|
|
6653 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
|
|
|
6654
|
|
|
6655 ;;;***
|
|
|
6656
|
|
|
6657 ;;;### (autoloads (gopher-atpoint gopher) "gopher" "packages/gopher.el")
|
|
|
6658
|
|
|
6659 (autoload 'gopher "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6660 Start a gopher session. With C-u, prompt for a gopher server." t nil)
|
|
|
6661
|
|
|
6662 (autoload 'gopher-atpoint "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6663 Try to interpret the text around point as a gopher bookmark, and dispatch
|
|
|
6664 to that object." t nil)
|
|
|
6665
|
|
|
6666 ;;;***
|
|
|
6667
|
|
|
6668 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" "packages/hexl.el")
|
|
|
6669
|
|
|
6670 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6671 \\<hexl-mode-map>
|
|
|
6672 A major mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
|
|
|
6673
|
|
|
6674 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
|
|
|
6675 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
|
|
|
6676
|
|
|
6677 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
|
|
|
6678 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
|
|
|
6679 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6680 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
|
|
|
6681
|
|
|
6682 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
|
|
|
6683 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
|
|
|
6684 periods.
|
|
|
6685
|
|
|
6686 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
|
|
|
6687 in hexl format.
|
|
|
6688
|
|
|
6689 A sample format:
|
|
|
6690
|
|
|
6691 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
|
|
|
6692 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
|
|
|
6693 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
|
|
|
6694 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
|
|
|
6695 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
|
|
|
6696 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6697 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
|
|
|
6698 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
|
|
|
6699 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
|
|
|
6700 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
|
|
|
6701 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
|
|
|
6702 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
|
|
|
6703 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
|
|
|
6704 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
|
|
|
6705 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
|
|
|
6706
|
|
|
6707 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
|
|
|
6708 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
|
|
|
6709 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
|
|
|
6710
|
|
|
6711 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
|
|
|
6712 also supported.
|
|
|
6713
|
|
|
6714 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
|
|
|
6715
|
|
|
6716 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
|
|
|
6717 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
|
|
|
6718 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
|
|
|
6719
|
|
|
6720 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
|
|
|
6721 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
|
|
|
6722 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
|
|
|
6723
|
|
|
6724 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
|
|
|
6725 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6726
|
|
|
6727 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
|
|
|
6728 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6729
|
|
|
6730 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
|
|
|
6731 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6732
|
|
|
6733 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6734
|
|
|
6735 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
|
|
|
6736 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
|
|
|
6737
|
|
|
6738 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6739
|
|
|
6740 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
|
|
|
6741
|
|
|
6742 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6743 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6744 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
|
|
|
6745
|
|
|
6746 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6747 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
|
|
|
6748 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
|
|
|
6749
|
|
|
6750 ;;;***
|
|
|
6751
|
|
108
|
6752 ;;;### (autoloads (hypropos-popup-menu hypropos-set-variable hyper-set-variable hypropos-get-doc hypropos-read-variable-symbol hyper-describe-function hyper-describe-variable hyper-describe-face hyper-describe-key-briefly hyper-describe-key hyper-apropos) "hyper-apropos" "packages/hyper-apropos.el")
|
|
78
|
6753
|
|
134
|
6754 (defcustom hypropos-show-brief-docs t "*If non-nil, `hyper-apropos' will display some documentation in the\n\"*Hyper Apropos*\" buffer. Setting this to nil will speed up searches." :type 'boolean :group 'hyper-apropos)
|
|
78
|
6755
|
|
|
6756 (autoload 'hyper-apropos "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6757 Display lists of functions and variables matching REGEXP
|
|
|
6758 in buffer \"*Hyper Apropos*\". If optional prefix arg is given, then the value
|
|
|
6759 of `hypropos-programming-apropos' is toggled for this search.
|
|
|
6760 See also `hyper-apropos-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
6761
|
|
108
|
6762 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6763
|
|
|
6764 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key-briefly "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6765
|
|
|
6766 (autoload 'hyper-describe-face "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6767 Describe face..
|
|
|
6768 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6769
|
|
78
|
6770 (autoload 'hyper-describe-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6771 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6772 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6773
|
|
|
6774 (autoload 'hyper-describe-function "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6775 Hypertext replacement for `describe-function'. Unlike `describe-function'
|
|
|
6776 in that the symbol under the cursor is the default if it is a function.
|
|
|
6777 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-variable'." t nil)
|
|
|
6778
|
|
108
|
6779 (autoload 'hypropos-read-variable-symbol "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6780 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6781 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6782
|
|
|
6783 (autoload 'hypropos-get-doc "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6784 Toggle display of documentation for the symbol on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6785
|
|
|
6786 (autoload 'hyper-set-variable "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6787
|
|
78
|
6788 (autoload 'hypropos-set-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6789 Interactively set the variable on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6790
|
|
|
6791 (autoload 'hypropos-popup-menu "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6792
|
|
|
6793 ;;;***
|
|
|
6794
|
|
|
6795 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "packages/icomplete.el")
|
|
|
6796
|
|
|
6797 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
|
|
155
|
6798 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this emacs session.
|
|
|
6799 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
|
|
78
|
6800
|
|
|
6801 (autoload 'icomplete-minibuffer-setup "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6802 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
|
|
|
6803 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6804
|
|
|
6805 ;;;***
|
|
|
6806
|
|
100
|
6807 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-igrep-find dired-do-igrep igrep-find-define igrep-find igrep-define igrep) "igrep" "packages/igrep.el")
|
|
|
6808
|
|
|
6809 (autoload 'igrep "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6810 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION in FILES.
|
|
|
6811 The output is displayed in the *igrep* buffer, which \\[next-error] and
|
|
|
6812 \\[compile-goto-error] parse to find each line of matched text.
|
|
|
6813
|
|
|
6814 PROGRAM may be nil, in which case it defaults to `igrep-program'.
|
|
|
6815
|
|
|
6816 EXPRESSION is automatically delimited by `igrep-expression-quote-char'.
|
|
|
6817
|
|
|
6818 FILES is either a file name pattern (expanded by the shell named by
|
|
|
6819 `shell-file-name') or a list of file name patterns.
|
|
|
6820
|
|
|
6821 Optional OPTIONS is also passed to PROGRAM; it defaults to `igrep-options'.
|
|
|
6822
|
|
|
6823 If a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) is given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6824 or if `igrep-read-options' is set, OPTIONS is read from the minibuffer.
|
|
|
6825
|
|
|
6826 If two prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6827 or if `igrep-read-multiple-files' is set, FILES is read from the minibuffer
|
|
|
6828 multiple times.
|
|
|
6829
|
|
|
6830 If three prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6831 or if `igrep-read-options' and `igrep-read-multiple-files' are set,
|
|
|
6832 OPTIONS is read and FILES is read multiple times.
|
|
|
6833
|
|
|
6834 If `igrep-find' is non-nil, the directory or directories
|
|
|
6835 containing FILES is recursively searched for files whose name matches
|
|
|
6836 the file name component of FILES (and whose contents match
|
|
|
6837 EXPRESSION)." t nil)
|
|
|
6838
|
|
|
6839 (autoload 'igrep-define "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6840 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND as an `igrep' analogue command.
|
|
|
6841 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
6842
|
|
|
6843 (autoload 'igrep-find "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6844 *Run `grep` via `find`; see \\[igrep] and `igrep-find'.
|
|
|
6845 All arguments (including prefix arguments, when called interactively)
|
|
|
6846 are handled by `igrep'." t nil)
|
|
|
6847
|
|
|
6848 (autoload 'igrep-find-define "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6849 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND-find as an `igrep' analogue `find` command.
|
|
|
6850 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
6851
|
|
|
6852 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6853 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
|
|
|
6854 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) files." t nil)
|
|
|
6855
|
|
|
6856 (defalias 'dired-do-grep 'dired-do-igrep)
|
|
|
6857
|
|
|
6858 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep-find "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6859 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
|
|
|
6860 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) directories." t nil)
|
|
|
6861
|
|
|
6862 (defalias 'dired-do-grep-find 'dired-do-igrep-find)
|
|
|
6863
|
|
|
6864 ;;;***
|
|
|
6865
|
|
78
|
6866 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-elisp-ref Info-emacs-key Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-emacs-command Info-search Info-visit-file Info-goto-node Info-query info) "info" "packages/info.el")
|
|
|
6867
|
|
|
6868 (autoload 'info "info" "\
|
|
|
6869 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
|
|
|
6870 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
|
|
|
6871 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
|
|
|
6872
|
|
|
6873 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
|
|
|
6874 to read a file name from the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6875
|
|
|
6876 (autoload 'Info-query "info" "\
|
|
|
6877 Enter Info, the documentation browser. Prompt for name of Info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6878
|
|
|
6879 (autoload 'Info-goto-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6880 Go to info node named NAME. Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME.
|
|
|
6881 Actually, the following interpretations of NAME are tried in order:
|
|
|
6882 (FILENAME)NODENAME
|
|
|
6883 (FILENAME) (using Top node)
|
|
|
6884 NODENAME (in current file)
|
|
|
6885 TAGNAME (see below)
|
|
|
6886 FILENAME (using Top node)
|
|
|
6887 where TAGNAME is a string that appears in quotes: \"TAGNAME\", in an
|
|
|
6888 annotation for any node of any file. (See `a' and `x' commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
6889
|
|
|
6890 (autoload 'Info-visit-file "info" "\
|
|
|
6891 Directly visit an info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6892
|
|
|
6893 (autoload 'Info-search "info" "\
|
|
|
6894 Search for REGEXP, starting from point, and select node it's found in." t nil)
|
|
|
6895
|
|
|
6896 (autoload 'Info-emacs-command "info" "\
|
|
|
6897 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6898 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6899
|
|
|
6900 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6901 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6902 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6903
|
|
|
6904 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6905 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6906 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6907
|
|
|
6908 (autoload 'Info-emacs-key "info" "\
|
|
|
6909 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6910 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6911
|
|
|
6912 (autoload 'Info-elisp-ref "info" "\
|
|
|
6913 Look up an Emacs Lisp function in the Elisp manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6914 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6915
|
|
|
6916 ;;;***
|
|
|
6917
|
|
|
6918 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) "informat" "packages/informat.el")
|
|
|
6919
|
|
|
6920 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
|
|
|
6921 Create or update Info-file tag table in current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6922
|
|
|
6923 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
|
|
|
6924 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
|
|
|
6925 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
|
|
|
6926
|
|
|
6927 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
|
|
|
6928 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
|
|
|
6929 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
|
|
|
6930
|
|
|
6931 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
|
|
|
6932 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
|
|
|
6933 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
|
|
|
6934 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
|
|
|
6935
|
|
|
6936 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6937 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
|
|
|
6938 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
|
|
|
6939
|
|
|
6940 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6941 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
6942 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
6943 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
6944 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
6945
|
|
|
6946 ;;;***
|
|
|
6947
|
|
|
6948 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-word) "ispell" "packages/ispell.el")
|
|
|
6949
|
|
120
|
6950 (defcustom ispell-personal-dictionary nil "*File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.\nIf nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,\nwhere DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary." :type 'file :group 'ispell)
|
|
78
|
6951
|
|
80
|
6952 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex") ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[^a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1") ("nederlands" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil)))
|
|
|
6953
|
|
126
|
6954 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("svenska" "[A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[^A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil) ("svenska8" "[A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[^A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "svenska") "~list") ("norsk" "[A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[^A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "norsk") "~list") ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil) ("francais" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[---']" t nil "~list") ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex") ("italiano" "[A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[^A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[']" t ("-d" "italiano") "~list") ("dansk" "[A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "[^A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "" nil ("-C") nil)))
|
|
78
|
6955
|
|
|
6956 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2) "\
|
|
|
6957 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
|
|
|
6958
|
|
|
6959 Each element of this list is also a list:
|
|
|
6960
|
|
|
6961 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
|
|
|
6962 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE)
|
|
|
6963
|
|
|
6964 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible value of variable `ispell-dictionary', nil
|
|
|
6965 means the default dictionary.
|
|
|
6966
|
|
|
6967 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
|
|
|
6968 word.
|
|
|
6969
|
|
|
6970 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
|
|
|
6971
|
|
|
6972 OTHERCHARS is a regular expression of other characters that are valid
|
|
|
6973 in word constructs. Otherchars cannot be adjacent to each other in a
|
|
|
6974 word, nor can they begin or end a word. This implies we can't check
|
|
|
6975 \"Stevens'\" as a correct possessive and other correct formations.
|
|
|
6976
|
|
|
6977 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
|
|
|
6978
|
|
|
6979 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil if many otherchars are to be allowed in a
|
|
|
6980 word instead of only one.
|
|
|
6981
|
|
|
6982 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
|
|
|
6983 subprocess.
|
|
|
6984
|
|
|
6985 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
|
|
|
6986 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
|
|
|
6987 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
|
|
|
6988 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
|
|
|
6989 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
|
|
|
6990 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
|
|
|
6991 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
|
|
|
6992 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
|
|
|
6993
|
|
|
6994 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
|
|
|
6995 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
|
|
|
6996 language.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
|
|
|
6997
|
|
|
6998 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
|
|
|
6999 Key map for ispell menu")
|
|
|
7000
|
|
|
7001 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
|
|
|
7002 Spelling menu for XEmacs.")
|
|
|
7003
|
|
|
7004 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (string-lessp "19" emacs-version) (not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version))))
|
|
|
7005
|
|
|
7006 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list 'lambda nil '(interactive) (list 'ispell-change-dictionary name))))))))
|
|
|
7007
|
|
|
7008 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag))))
|
|
|
7009
|
|
|
7010 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '("Continue Check" . ispell-continue)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '("Check Word" . ispell-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '("Check Region" . ispell-region)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer))))
|
|
|
7011
|
|
|
7012 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '("Check Message" . ispell-message)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help))) (put 'ispell-region 'menu-enable 'mark-active) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
|
|
|
7013
|
|
|
7014 (defvar ispell-local-pdict ispell-personal-dictionary "\
|
|
|
7015 A buffer local variable containing the current personal dictionary.
|
|
|
7016 If non-nil, the value must be a string, which is a file name.
|
|
|
7017
|
|
|
7018 If you specify a personal dictionary for the current buffer which is
|
|
|
7019 different from the current personal dictionary, the effect is similar
|
|
|
7020 to calling \\[ispell-change-dictionary]. This variable is automatically
|
|
|
7021 set when defined in the file with either `ispell-pdict-keyword' or the
|
|
|
7022 local variable syntax.")
|
|
|
7023
|
|
|
7024 (define-key global-map [(meta ?\$)] 'ispell-word)
|
|
|
7025
|
|
|
7026 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7027 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
|
|
|
7028 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
|
|
|
7029 in a window allowing you to choose one.
|
|
|
7030
|
|
|
7031 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
|
|
|
7032 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
|
|
|
7033
|
|
|
7034 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
|
|
|
7035 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
|
|
|
7036 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
|
|
|
7037 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
|
|
|
7038 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
|
|
|
7039
|
|
|
7040 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
|
|
|
7041
|
|
|
7042 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
|
|
|
7043 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
|
|
|
7044
|
|
|
7045 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7046 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
|
|
|
7047
|
|
|
7048 Selections are:
|
|
|
7049
|
|
|
7050 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
|
|
|
7051 SPC: Accept word this time.
|
|
|
7052 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
|
|
|
7053 `a': Accept word for this session.
|
|
|
7054 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
|
|
|
7055 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
|
|
|
7056 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
|
|
|
7057 `?': Show these commands.
|
|
|
7058 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
|
|
|
7059 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
|
|
|
7060 the aborted check to be completed later.
|
|
|
7061 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
|
|
|
7062 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
|
|
|
7063 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
|
|
|
7064 `m': Like `i', but allows one to include dictionary completion information.
|
|
|
7065 `C-l': redraws screen
|
|
|
7066 `C-r': recursive edit
|
|
|
7067 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
|
|
|
7068
|
|
|
7069 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7070 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
|
|
|
7071 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
|
|
|
7072
|
|
|
7073 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7074 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) and kill old Ispell process.
|
|
|
7075 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
|
|
|
7076
|
|
|
7077 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
|
|
|
7078
|
|
|
7079 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
|
|
|
7080
|
|
|
7081 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7082 Interactively check a region for spelling errors." t nil)
|
|
|
7083
|
|
|
7084 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7085 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
7086
|
|
|
7087 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7088
|
|
|
7089 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7090 Look up word before or under point in dictionary (see lookup-words command)
|
|
|
7091 and try to complete it. If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word
|
|
|
7092 may be a character sequence inside of a word.
|
|
|
7093
|
|
|
7094 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
|
|
|
7095
|
|
|
7096 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7097 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
|
|
|
7098
|
|
|
7099 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7100 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
|
|
|
7101 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
|
|
|
7102
|
|
|
7103 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
|
|
|
7104 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled." t nil)
|
|
|
7105
|
|
|
7106 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7107 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
|
|
|
7108 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
|
|
|
7109 Don't check included messages.
|
|
|
7110
|
|
|
7111 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
|
|
|
7112 use the `x' or `q' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
|
|
|
7113 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
|
|
|
7114
|
|
|
7115 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
|
|
|
7116 in your .emacs file:
|
|
|
7117 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
7118 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
7119 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
7120
|
|
|
7121 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
|
|
|
7122 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
|
|
|
7123 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
|
|
|
7124
|
|
|
7125 ;;;***
|
|
|
7126
|
|
|
7127 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-install toggle-auto-compression jka-compr-load) "jka-compr" "packages/jka-compr.el")
|
|
|
7128
|
|
|
7129 (autoload 'jka-compr-load "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
7130 Documented as original." nil nil)
|
|
|
7131
|
|
|
7132 (autoload 'toggle-auto-compression "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
7133 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
|
|
|
7134 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
|
|
|
7135 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
|
|
|
7136 If the argument MESSAGE is non-nil, it means to print a message
|
|
|
7137 saying whether the mode is now on or off." t nil)
|
|
|
7138
|
|
|
7139 (autoload 'jka-compr-install "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
7140 Install jka-compr.
|
|
|
7141 This adds entries to `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
|
|
|
7142 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes'." nil nil)
|
|
|
7143
|
|
|
7144 ;;;***
|
|
|
7145
|
|
|
7146 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "packages/lazy-lock.el")
|
|
|
7147
|
|
|
7148 (autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
7149 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
|
|
|
7150 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
7151 is at least `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters long.
|
|
|
7152
|
|
|
7153 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification is demand-driven and stealthy:
|
|
|
7154
|
|
|
7155 - Fontification occurs in visible parts of buffers when necessary.
|
|
|
7156 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-continuity-time'.
|
|
|
7157
|
|
|
7158 - Fontification occurs in invisible parts when Emacs has been idle.
|
|
|
7159 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-stealth-time'.
|
|
|
7160
|
|
|
7161 If `lazy-lock-hide-invisible' is non-nil, text is not displayed until it is
|
|
|
7162 fontified, otherwise it is displayed in `lazy-lock-invisible-foreground'.
|
|
|
7163
|
|
|
7164 See also variables `lazy-lock-walk-windows' and `lazy-lock-ignore-commands' for
|
|
|
7165 window (scroll) fontification, and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines',
|
|
|
7166 `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose' for stealth
|
|
|
7167 fontification.
|
|
|
7168
|
|
|
7169 Use \\[lazy-lock-submit-bug-report] to send bug reports or feedback." t nil)
|
|
|
7170
|
|
|
7171 (autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
7172 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
7173
|
|
100
|
7174 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar lazy-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'lazy-lock-mode nil))
|
|
78
|
7175
|
|
|
7176 ;;;***
|
|
|
7177
|
|
|
7178 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "packages/ledit.el")
|
|
|
7179
|
|
|
7180 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
|
|
|
7181 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
|
|
|
7182
|
|
|
7183 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
|
|
|
7184 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
|
|
|
7185
|
|
|
7186 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
|
|
|
7187 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
|
|
|
7188
|
|
|
7189 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
|
|
|
7190 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
|
|
|
7191 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
|
|
|
7192 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
|
|
|
7193 for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
7194 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
7195 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
7196 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
|
|
|
7197 and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
7198 \\{ledit-mode-map}
|
|
|
7199 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
|
|
|
7200 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
|
|
|
7201
|
|
|
7202 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7203
|
|
|
7204 ;;;***
|
|
|
7205
|
|
|
7206 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer) "lpr" "packages/lpr.el")
|
|
|
7207
|
|
134
|
7208 (defcustom lpr-switches nil "*List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.\nSee `lpr-command'." :type '(repeat (string :tag "Argument")) :group 'lpr)
|
|
|
7209
|
|
|
7210 (defcustom lpr-command (if (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)) "lp" "lpr") "*Name of program for printing a file." :type 'string :group 'lpr)
|
|
78
|
7211
|
|
|
7212 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7213 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
7214 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7215
|
|
|
7216 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7217 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
7218 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7219
|
|
|
7220 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7221 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
7222 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7223
|
|
|
7224 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7225 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
7226 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7227
|
|
|
7228 ;;;***
|
|
|
7229
|
|
|
7230 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "packages/makesum.el")
|
|
|
7231
|
|
|
7232 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
|
|
|
7233 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
|
|
|
7234 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
|
|
|
7235
|
|
|
7236 ;;;***
|
|
|
7237
|
|
|
7238 ;;;### (autoloads (manual-entry) "man" "packages/man.el")
|
|
|
7239
|
|
|
7240 (autoload 'manual-entry "man" "\
|
|
100
|
7241 Display the Unix manual entry (or entries) for TOPIC." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7242
|
|
|
7243 ;;;***
|
|
|
7244
|
|
|
7245 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "packages/metamail.el")
|
|
|
7246
|
|
|
7247 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7248 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
7249 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
7250
|
|
|
7251 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7252 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
7253 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7254 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7255 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7256 redisplayed as output is inserted.
|
|
|
7257 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
7258
|
|
|
7259 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7260 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
|
|
|
7261 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7262 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7263 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
7264 means current).
|
|
|
7265 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7266 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
7267
|
|
|
7268 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7269 Process current region through 'metamail'.
|
|
|
7270 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7271 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7272 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
7273 means current).
|
|
|
7274 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7275 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
7276
|
|
|
7277 ;;;***
|
|
|
7278
|
|
|
7279 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-paren paren-set-mode) "paren" "packages/paren.el")
|
|
|
7280
|
|
126
|
7281 (defcustom paren-mode nil "*Sets the style of parenthesis highlighting.\nValid values are nil, `blink-paren', `paren', and `sexp'.\n nil no parenthesis highlighting.\n blink-paren causes the matching paren to blink.\n paren causes the matching paren to be highlighted but not to blink.\n sexp whole expression enclosed by the local paren at its mate.\n nested (not yet implemented) use variable shading to see the\n nesting of an expression. Also groks regular expressions\n and shell quoting.\n\nThis variable is global by default, but you can make it buffer-local and\nhighlight parentheses differently in different major modes." :type '(radio (const nil) (const blink-paren) (const paren) (const sexp) (const nested)) :group 'paren-matching)
|
|
78
|
7282
|
|
|
7283 (autoload 'paren-set-mode "paren" "\
|
|
|
7284 Cycles through possible values for `paren-mode', force off with negative arg.
|
|
108
|
7285 When called from lisp, a symbolic value for `paren-mode' can be passed directly.
|
|
78
|
7286 See also `paren-mode' and `paren-highlight'." t nil)
|
|
|
7287
|
|
|
7288 (make-obsolete 'blink-paren 'paren-set-mode)
|
|
|
7289
|
|
|
7290 (autoload 'blink-paren "paren" "\
|
|
|
7291 Obsolete. Use `paren-set-mode' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
7292
|
|
|
7293 ;;;***
|
|
|
7294
|
|
|
7295 ;;;### (autoloads (pending-delete pending-delete-off pending-delete-on) "pending-del" "packages/pending-del.el")
|
|
|
7296
|
|
|
7297 (autoload 'pending-delete-on "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7298 Turn on pending delete.
|
|
|
7299 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
7300 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7301
|
|
|
7302 (autoload 'pending-delete-off "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7303 Turn off pending delete.
|
|
|
7304 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
7305 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7306
|
|
|
7307 (autoload 'pending-delete "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7308 Toggle automatic deletion of the selected region.
|
|
|
7309 With a positive argument, turns it on.
|
|
|
7310 With a non-positive argument, turns it off.
|
|
|
7311 When active, typed text replaces the selection." t nil)
|
|
|
7312
|
|
|
7313 ;;;***
|
|
|
7314
|
|
82
|
7315 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "packages/ps-print.el")
|
|
|
7316
|
|
124
|
7317 (defcustom ps-paper-type 'letter "*Specifies the size of paper to format for.\nShould be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for\nexample `letter', `legal' or `a4'." :type '(symbol :validate (lambda (wid) (if (assq (widget-value wid) ps-page-dimensions-database) nil (widget-put wid :error "Unknown paper size") wid))) :group 'ps-print)
|
|
|
7318
|
|
|
7319 (defcustom ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "*If non-nil, print the buffer's text in color." :type 'boolean :group 'ps-print-color)
|
|
78
|
7320
|
|
|
7321 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7322 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7323
|
|
|
7324 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
|
|
|
7325 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7326 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7327
|
|
|
7328 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7329 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7330 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7331 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7332
|
|
|
7333 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7334 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7335 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7336 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7337 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7338
|
|
|
7339 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7340 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7341 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
|
|
|
7342
|
|
|
7343 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7344 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7345 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7346 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7347 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7348
|
|
|
7349 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7350 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7351 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
|
|
|
7352 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
|
|
|
7353
|
|
|
7354 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7355
|
|
|
7356 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7357 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7358 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7359 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7360 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7361
|
|
|
7362 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7363
|
|
|
7364 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7365 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7366 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
|
|
|
7367
|
|
|
7368 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7369
|
|
|
7370 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7371 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7372 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7373 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7374 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7375
|
|
|
7376 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7377
|
|
|
7378 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7379 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
|
|
|
7380
|
|
|
7381 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompt the user for
|
|
|
7382 the name of a file to save the spooled PostScript in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7383 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7384
|
|
|
7385 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7386 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7387 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7388 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7389
|
|
82
|
7390 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7391 *Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
|
|
82
|
7392 using the current ps-print setup.
|
|
|
7393 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
|
|
|
7394 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
|
|
|
7395
|
|
|
7396 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7397 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
82
|
7398 of pages the current buffer would require to print
|
|
|
7399 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7400
|
|
|
7401 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7402 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
82
|
7403 of pages the current region would require to print
|
|
|
7404 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7405
|
|
|
7406 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7407 *Return the current setup" nil nil)
|
|
|
7408
|
|
78
|
7409 ;;;***
|
|
|
7410
|
|
|
7411 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "packages/rcompile.el")
|
|
|
7412
|
|
|
7413 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
|
|
|
7414 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
|
|
|
7415 See \\[compile]." t nil)
|
|
|
7416
|
|
|
7417 ;;;***
|
|
|
7418
|
|
|
7419 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "packages/resume.el")
|
|
|
7420
|
|
|
7421 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
|
|
|
7422 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
|
|
|
7423
|
|
|
7424 ;;;***
|
|
|
7425
|
|
|
7426 ;;;### (autoloads (install-shell-fonts) "shell-font" "packages/shell-font.el")
|
|
|
7427
|
|
|
7428 (autoload 'install-shell-fonts "shell-font" "\
|
|
|
7429 Decorate the current interaction buffer with fonts.
|
|
|
7430 This uses the faces called `shell-prompt', `shell-input' and `shell-output';
|
|
|
7431 you can alter the graphical attributes of those with the normal
|
|
|
7432 face-manipulation functions." nil nil)
|
|
|
7433
|
|
|
7434 ;;;***
|
|
|
7435
|
|
|
7436 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) "spell" "packages/spell.el")
|
|
|
7437
|
|
|
7438 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
7439
|
|
|
7440 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
|
|
|
7441 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
|
|
|
7442 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7443 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
|
|
|
7444 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
|
|
|
7445 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
|
|
|
7446
|
|
|
7447 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
|
|
|
7448 Check spelling of word at or before point.
|
|
|
7449 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7450 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
|
|
|
7451
|
|
|
7452 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
|
|
|
7453 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
|
|
|
7454 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
|
|
|
7455 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
|
|
|
7456 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
|
|
|
7457
|
|
|
7458 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
|
|
|
7459 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
|
|
|
7460
|
|
|
7461 ;;;***
|
|
|
7462
|
|
|
7463 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "packages/tar-mode.el")
|
|
|
7464
|
|
|
7465 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
|
|
|
7466 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
|
|
|
7467 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
7468 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
7469 Type 'e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer.
|
|
|
7470 Type 'c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
|
|
|
7471
|
|
|
7472 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the 'e' command) and
|
|
|
7473 save it with Control-X Control-S, the contents of that buffer will be
|
|
|
7474 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
|
|
|
7475 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
|
|
|
7476
|
|
|
7477 See also: variables tar-update-datestamp and tar-anal-blocksize.
|
|
|
7478 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
7479
|
|
|
7480 ;;;***
|
|
|
7481
|
|
|
7482 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "packages/terminal.el")
|
|
|
7483
|
|
|
7484 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
|
|
|
7485 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
|
|
|
7486 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
|
|
|
7487 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
|
|
|
7488 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
|
|
|
7489 program an keyboard input.
|
|
|
7490
|
|
|
7491 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
|
|
|
7492 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
|
|
|
7493 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
|
|
|
7494 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
|
|
|
7495
|
|
|
7496 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
|
|
|
7497 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
|
|
|
7498 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
|
|
|
7499 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
|
|
|
7500 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
|
|
|
7501
|
|
|
7502 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
|
|
|
7503
|
|
|
7504 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
|
|
|
7505 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
|
|
|
7506 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
|
|
|
7507 terminal-redisplay-interval.
|
|
|
7508
|
|
|
7509 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
|
|
|
7510 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
|
|
|
7511 subprocess started.
|
|
|
7512
|
|
|
7513 Presently with `termcap' only; if somebody sends us code to make this
|
|
|
7514 work with `terminfo' we will try to use it." t nil)
|
|
|
7515
|
|
|
7516 ;;;***
|
|
|
7517
|
|
|
7518 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-texinfo-format texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "packages/texinfmt.el")
|
|
|
7519
|
|
|
7520 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7521 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
|
|
|
7522 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
|
|
|
7523 names specified in the @setfilename command.
|
|
|
7524
|
|
|
7525 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
|
|
|
7526 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
|
|
|
7527 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
|
|
|
7528
|
|
|
7529 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7530 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
|
|
|
7531 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
|
|
|
7532 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
|
|
|
7533 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7534
|
|
|
7535 (autoload 'batch-texinfo-format "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7536 Runs texinfo-format-buffer on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
7537 Must be used only with -batch, and kills emacs on completion.
|
|
|
7538 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
7539 For example, invoke
|
|
|
7540 \"emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format $docs/ ~/*.texinfo\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
7541
|
|
|
7542 ;;;***
|
|
|
7543
|
|
|
7544 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "packages/texnfo-upd.el")
|
|
|
7545
|
|
|
7546 (autoload 'texinfo-update-node "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7547 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7548 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7549 marked region.
|
|
|
7550
|
|
|
7551 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
|
|
|
7552 keybindings, are:
|
|
|
7553
|
|
|
7554 texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
7555 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
7556 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
|
|
|
7557
|
|
|
7558 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
7559 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
7560 texinfo-master-menu ()
|
|
|
7561
|
|
|
7562 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
7563
|
|
|
7564 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
7565 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
|
|
|
7566
|
|
|
7567 (autoload 'texinfo-every-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7568 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
|
|
|
7569
|
|
|
7570 (autoload 'texinfo-sequential-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7571 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
|
|
|
7572
|
|
|
7573 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
|
|
|
7574 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
|
|
|
7575 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
|
|
|
7576 `p' takes you straight through the file.
|
|
|
7577
|
|
|
7578 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7579 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7580 marked region.
|
|
|
7581
|
|
|
7582 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
|
|
|
7583 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
|
|
|
7584 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
|
|
|
7585 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
|
|
|
7586
|
|
|
7587 ;;;***
|
|
|
7588
|
|
|
7589 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" "packages/time-stamp.el")
|
|
|
7590
|
|
|
7591 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7592 Update the time stamp string in the buffer.
|
|
|
7593 If you put a time stamp template anywhere in the first 8 lines of a file,
|
|
|
7594 it can be updated every time you save the file. See the top of
|
|
|
7595 `time-stamp.el' for a sample. The template looks like one of the following:
|
|
|
7596 Time-stamp: <>
|
|
|
7597 Time-stamp: \" \"
|
|
|
7598 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes, resulting in
|
|
|
7599 Time-stamp: <95/01/18 10:20:51 gildea>
|
|
|
7600 Only does its thing if the variable time-stamp-active is non-nil.
|
|
|
7601 Typically used on write-file-hooks for automatic time-stamping.
|
|
|
7602 The format of the time stamp is determined by the variable time-stamp-format.
|
|
|
7603 The variables time-stamp-line-limit, time-stamp-start, and time-stamp-end
|
|
|
7604 control finding the template." t nil)
|
|
|
7605
|
|
|
7606 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7607 Toggle time-stamp-active, setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
|
|
|
7608 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7609
|
|
|
7610 ;;;***
|
|
|
7611
|
|
|
7612 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time) "time" "packages/time.el")
|
|
|
7613
|
|
110
|
7614 (defcustom display-time-day-and-date nil "*Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day,date and time.\nThis affects the spec 'date in the variable display-time-form-list." :group 'display-time :type 'boolean)
|
|
78
|
7615
|
|
|
7616 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
|
|
|
7617 Display current time, load level, and mail flag in mode line of each buffer.
|
|
|
7618 Updates automatically every minute.
|
|
|
7619 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
|
|
|
7620 are displayed as well.
|
|
|
7621 After each update, `display-time-hook' is run with `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
7622 If `display-time-echo-area' is non-nil, the time is displayed in the
|
|
|
7623 echo area instead of in the mode-line." t nil)
|
|
|
7624
|
|
|
7625 ;;;***
|
|
|
7626
|
|
|
7627 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region overstrike-region unoverstrike-region ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" "packages/underline.el")
|
|
|
7628
|
|
|
7629 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7630 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
7631 Works by overstriking underscores.
|
|
|
7632 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7633 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7634
|
|
|
7635 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7636 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
|
|
|
7637 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7638 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7639
|
|
|
7640 (autoload 'unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7641 Remove all overstriking (character-backspace-character) in the region.
|
|
|
7642 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which specify the
|
|
|
7643 range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7644
|
|
|
7645 (autoload 'overstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7646 Overstrike (character-backspace-character) all nonblank characters in
|
|
|
7647 the region. Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which
|
|
|
7648 specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7649
|
|
|
7650 (autoload 'ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7651 Remove underlining and overstriking in the region. Called from a program,
|
|
|
7652 takes two arguments START and END which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7653
|
|
|
7654 ;;;***
|
|
|
7655
|
|
|
7656 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-to-update-copyright update-copyright) "upd-copyr" "packages/upd-copyr.el")
|
|
|
7657
|
|
134
|
7658 (defcustom copyright-do-not-disturb "Free Software Foundation, Inc." "*If non-nil, the existing copyright holder is checked against this regexp.\nIf it does not match, then a new copyright line is added with the copyright\nholder set to the value of `copyright-whoami'." :type '(choice (const nil) string) :group 'copyright)
|
|
|
7659
|
|
|
7660 (defcustom copyright-whoami nil "*A string containing the name of the owner of new copyright notices." :type '(choice (const nil) string) :group 'copyright)
|
|
|
7661
|
|
|
7662 (defcustom copyright-notice-file nil "*If non-nil, replace copying notices with this file." :type '(choice (const nil) file) :group 'copyright)
|
|
78
|
7663
|
|
|
7664 (autoload 'update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7665 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer
|
|
|
7666 to indicate the current year. If optional arg REPLACE is given
|
|
|
7667 \(interactively, with prefix arg) replace the years in the notice
|
|
|
7668 rather than adding the current year after them.
|
|
|
7669 If `copyright-notice-file' is set, the copying permissions following the
|
|
|
7670 copyright are replaced as well.
|
|
|
7671
|
|
|
7672 If optional third argument ASK is non-nil, the user is prompted for whether
|
|
|
7673 or not to update the copyright. If optional fourth argument ASK-YEAR is
|
|
|
7674 non-nil, the user is prompted for whether or not to replace the year rather
|
|
|
7675 than adding to it." t nil)
|
|
|
7676
|
|
|
7677 (autoload 'ask-to-update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7678 If the current buffer contains a copyright notice that is out of date,
|
|
|
7679 ask the user if it should be updated with `update-copyright' (which see).
|
|
|
7680 Put this on write-file-hooks." nil nil)
|
|
|
7681
|
|
|
7682 ;;;***
|
|
|
7683
|
|
151
|
7684 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-checkout vc-register vc-next-action vc-find-binary) "vc" "packages/vc.el")
|
|
78
|
7685
|
|
108
|
7686 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
151
|
7687 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
|
|
|
7688 See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7689
|
|
|
7690 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
|
7691 *Normal hook (List of functions) run after a checkin is done.
|
|
|
7692 See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7693
|
|
|
7694 (autoload 'vc-find-binary "vc" "\
|
|
|
7695 Look for a command anywhere on the subprocess-command search path." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
7696
|
|
|
7697 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
|
|
|
7698 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
|
|
151
|
7699 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
|
|
|
7700 it will operate on the file in the current line.
|
|
|
7701 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
|
|
|
7702 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
|
|
|
7703 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
|
|
|
7704 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
|
|
|
7705 lock steals will raise an error.
|
|
|
7706 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
|
|
78
|
7707
|
|
|
7708 For RCS and SCCS files:
|
|
|
7709 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7710 control and then retrieves a writable, locked copy for editing.
|
|
|
7711 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
|
|
|
7712 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
|
|
|
7713 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
|
|
|
7714 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
|
|
|
7715 it performs a revert.
|
|
|
7716 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
|
|
|
7717 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
|
|
|
7718 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
|
|
|
7719 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
|
|
|
7720 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
|
|
|
7721 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
|
|
|
7722 the option to steal the lock.
|
|
|
7723
|
|
|
7724 For CVS files:
|
|
|
7725 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7726 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
|
|
|
7727 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
|
|
|
7728 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
|
|
|
7729 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
|
|
|
7730 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
|
|
|
7731 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
|
|
|
7732 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
|
|
151
|
7733 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7734
|
|
|
7735 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
|
|
|
7736 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
|
|
|
7737
|
|
151
|
7738 (autoload 'vc-checkout "vc" "\
|
|
|
7739 Retrieve a copy of the latest version of the given file." nil nil)
|
|
|
7740
|
|
78
|
7741 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
|
|
|
7742 Display diffs between file versions.
|
|
|
7743 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
|
|
|
7744 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
|
|
|
7745 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
|
|
|
7746 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
|
|
|
7747
|
|
|
7748 (autoload 'vc-version-other-window "vc" "\
|
|
|
7749 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
|
|
|
7750 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
|
|
|
7751 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
|
|
|
7752
|
|
|
7753 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
|
|
|
7754 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
|
|
|
7755 Headers desired are inserted at the start of the buffer, and are pulled from
|
|
|
7756 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
7757
|
|
|
7758 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
|
|
151
|
7759 Show version-control status of the current directory and subdirectories.
|
|
|
7760 Normally it creates a Dired buffer that lists only the locked files
|
|
|
7761 in all these directories. With a prefix argument, it lists all files." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7762
|
|
|
7763 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7764 Make a snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7765 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
|
|
|
7766 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
|
|
|
7767 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
|
|
|
7768
|
|
|
7769 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7770 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7771 This function fails if any files are locked at or below the current directory
|
|
|
7772 Otherwise, all registered files are checked out (unlocked) at their version
|
|
|
7773 levels in the snapshot." t nil)
|
|
|
7774
|
|
|
7775 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
|
|
|
7776 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
|
|
|
7777
|
|
|
7778 (autoload 'vc-revert-buffer "vc" "\
|
|
|
7779 Revert the current buffer's file back to the latest checked-in version.
|
|
|
7780 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
|
|
|
7781 to that version.
|
|
|
7782 If the back-end is CVS, this will give you the most recent revision of
|
|
|
7783 the file on the branch you are editing." t nil)
|
|
|
7784
|
|
|
7785 (autoload 'vc-cancel-version "vc" "\
|
|
|
7786 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
|
|
|
7787 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
|
|
|
7788
|
|
|
7789 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
|
|
|
7790 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
|
|
|
7791
|
|
|
7792 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
|
|
151
|
7793 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
|
|
|
7794 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
|
|
|
7795 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
|
|
78
|
7796 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
|
|
151
|
7797
|
|
78
|
7798 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
|
|
151
|
7799
|
|
|
7800 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
|
|
|
7801 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
|
|
|
7802 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
|
|
|
7803
|
|
|
7804 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
|
|
|
7805 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
|
|
|
7806 default directory." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7807
|
|
|
7808 ;;;***
|
|
|
7809
|
|
98
|
7810 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "packages/webjump.el")
|
|
|
7811
|
|
|
7812 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
|
|
|
7813 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
|
|
|
7814
|
|
|
7815 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
|
|
|
7816 hotlist.
|
|
|
7817
|
|
155
|
7818 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
|
|
|
7819 <nwv@acm.org>.
|
|
|
7820
|
|
|
7821 The latest version can be gotten from `http://www.cs.brown.edu/people/nwv/'.
|
|
|
7822 That Web site also contains `webjump-plus.el', a larger and more frequently
|
|
|
7823 updated sample WebJump hotlist." t nil)
|
|
98
|
7824
|
|
|
7825 ;;;***
|
|
|
7826
|
|
118
|
7827 ;;;### (autoloads (webster-www) "webster-www" "packages/webster-www.el")
|
|
|
7828
|
|
|
7829 (autoload 'webster-www "webster-www" "\
|
|
|
7830 Look up a word in the Webster's dictionary at http://www.m-w.com using WWW." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7831
|
|
|
7832 ;;;***
|
|
|
7833
|
|
|
7834 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "xscheme" "packages/xscheme.el")
|
|
|
7835
|
|
|
7836 (defvar scheme-program-name "scheme" "\
|
|
|
7837 *Program invoked by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7838
|
|
|
7839 (defvar scheme-band-name nil "\
|
|
|
7840 *Band loaded by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7841
|
|
|
7842 (defvar scheme-program-arguments nil "\
|
|
|
7843 *Arguments passed to the Scheme program by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7844
|
|
|
7845 (autoload 'run-scheme "xscheme" "\
|
|
|
7846 Run an inferior Scheme process.
|
|
|
7847 Output goes to the buffer `*scheme*'.
|
|
|
7848 With argument, asks for a command line." t nil)
|
|
|
7849
|
|
|
7850 ;;;***
|
|
|
7851
|
|
|
7852 ;;;### (autoloads (pcl-cvs-fontify) "pcl-cvs-xemacs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs-xemacs.el")
|
|
|
7853
|
|
|
7854 (autoload 'pcl-cvs-fontify "pcl-cvs-xemacs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7855
|
|
|
7856 ;;;***
|
|
|
7857
|
|
|
7858 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-update-other-window cvs-update) "pcl-cvs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs.el")
|
|
|
7859
|
|
|
7860 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7861 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7862 output to a *cvs* buffer and run cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7863 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7864
|
|
|
7865 (autoload 'cvs-update-other-window "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7866 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7867 output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the other window, and run
|
|
|
7868 cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7869
|
|
|
7870 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7871
|
|
|
7872 ;;;***
|
|
|
7873
|
|
|
7874 ;;;### (autoloads (about-xemacs) "about" "prim/about.el")
|
|
|
7875
|
|
155
|
7876 (autoload 'about-xemacs "about" "\
|
|
|
7877 Describe the True Editor and its minions." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7878
|
|
|
7879 ;;;***
|
|
|
7880
|
|
|
7881 ;;;### (autoloads (all-hail-emacs all-hail-xemacs praise-be-unto-emacs praise-be-unto-xemacs) "advocacy" "prim/advocacy.el")
|
|
|
7882
|
|
|
7883 (defvar xemacs-praise-sound-file "sounds/im_so_happy.au" "\
|
|
|
7884 The name of an audio file containing something to play
|
|
|
7885 when praising XEmacs")
|
|
|
7886
|
|
|
7887 (defvar xemacs-praise-message "All Hail XEmacs!\n" "\
|
|
|
7888 What to praise XEmacs with")
|
|
|
7889
|
|
|
7890 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7891 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7892
|
|
|
7893 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7894
|
|
|
7895 (autoload 'all-hail-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7896 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7897
|
|
|
7898 (autoload 'all-hail-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7899
|
|
|
7900 ;;;***
|
|
|
7901
|
|
|
7902 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-buffer-case-table) "case-table" "prim/case-table.el")
|
|
|
7903
|
|
|
7904 (autoload 'describe-buffer-case-table "case-table" "\
|
|
|
7905 Describe the case table of the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7906
|
|
|
7907 ;;;***
|
|
|
7908
|
|
108
|
7909 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-remove-old-elc) "cleantree" "prim/cleantree.el")
|
|
|
7910
|
|
|
7911 (autoload 'batch-remove-old-elc "cleantree" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7912
|
|
|
7913 ;;;***
|
|
|
7914
|
|
78
|
7915 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" "prim/debug.el")
|
|
|
7916
|
|
|
7917 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
|
|
|
7918 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
|
|
|
7919 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
|
|
|
7920 of the evaluator.
|
|
|
7921
|
|
|
7922 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
|
|
|
7923 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
|
|
|
7924 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7925
|
|
|
7926 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7927 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
|
|
|
7928 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
|
|
|
7929 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
|
|
|
7930 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
|
|
|
7931 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
|
|
|
7932 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
|
|
|
7933
|
|
|
7934 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7935 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
|
|
|
7936 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
|
|
|
7937
|
|
|
7938 ;;;***
|
|
|
7939
|
|
|
7940 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default standard-display-8bit make-display-table describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "prim/disp-table.el")
|
|
|
7941
|
|
|
7942 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7943 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7944
|
|
|
7945 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7946 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
|
|
|
7947
|
|
|
7948 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7949 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
|
|
|
7950
|
|
|
7951 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7952 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
|
|
|
7953
|
|
|
7954 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7955 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
|
|
|
7956
|
|
|
7957 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7958 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
|
|
|
7959 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
|
|
|
7960 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7961
|
|
|
7962 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7963 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
|
|
|
7964 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
|
|
|
7965 X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7966
|
|
|
7967 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7968 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
|
|
|
7969
|
|
|
7970 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7971 Toggle display of European characters encoded with ISO 8859.
|
|
|
7972 When enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 display not
|
|
|
7973 as octal escapes, but as accented characters.
|
|
|
7974 With prefix argument, enable European character display iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7975
|
|
|
7976 ;;;***
|
|
|
7977
|
|
|
7978 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "prim/env.el")
|
|
|
7979
|
|
|
7980 (autoload 'setenv "env" "\
|
|
|
7981 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
|
|
|
7982 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
|
|
|
7983 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
|
|
|
7984
|
|
|
7985 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
|
|
|
7986 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
|
|
|
7987 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
|
|
|
7988
|
|
|
7989 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
|
|
|
7990
|
|
|
7991 ;;;***
|
|
|
7992
|
|
100
|
7993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "itimer-autosave" "prim/itimer-autosave.el")
|
|
78
|
7994
|
|
|
7995 ;;;***
|
|
|
7996
|
|
|
7997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs" "prim/loaddefs.el")
|
|
|
7998
|
|
|
7999 ;;;***
|
|
|
8000
|
|
98
|
8001 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "prim/macros.el")
|
|
78
|
8002
|
|
|
8003 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
|
|
|
8004 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
|
|
|
8005 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
|
|
|
8006 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
|
|
|
8007 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid
|
|
|
8008 editor command." t nil)
|
|
|
8009
|
|
|
8010 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
|
|
|
8011 Query user during kbd macro execution.
|
|
|
8012 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit,
|
|
|
8013 reading keyboard commands even within a kbd macro.
|
|
|
8014 You can give different commands each time the macro executes.
|
|
|
8015 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
|
|
|
8016 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
|
|
|
8017 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
|
|
|
8018 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
|
|
|
8019 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
|
|
|
8020 \\[recenter] Redisplay the frame, then ask again.
|
|
|
8021 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
|
|
|
8022
|
|
|
8023 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
|
|
|
8024 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
|
|
|
8025 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8026
|
|
|
8027 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
|
|
|
8028 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
|
|
|
8029 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
|
|
|
8030 execute.
|
|
|
8031
|
|
|
8032 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
|
|
|
8033 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
|
|
|
8034
|
|
|
8035 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
|
|
|
8036 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
|
|
|
8037 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
|
|
|
8038 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
|
|
|
8039 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
|
|
|
8040
|
|
|
8041 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
|
|
|
8042 looked like this:
|
|
|
8043
|
|
|
8044 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
|
|
|
8045 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
|
|
|
8046 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
|
|
|
8047
|
|
|
8048 You could enter the names in this format:
|
|
|
8049
|
|
|
8050 foo
|
|
|
8051 bar
|
|
|
8052 baz
|
|
|
8053
|
|
|
8054 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
|
|
|
8055
|
|
|
8056 \\C-x (
|
|
|
8057 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
|
|
|
8058 \\C-x )
|
|
|
8059
|
|
|
8060 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
|
|
|
8061 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
|
|
|
8062 " t nil)
|
|
|
8063
|
|
|
8064 ;;;***
|
|
|
8065
|
|
|
8066 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) "novice" "prim/novice.el")
|
|
|
8067
|
|
|
8068 (autoload 'disabled-command-hook "novice" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
8069
|
|
|
8070 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
8071 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
|
|
|
8072 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
8073 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
8074
|
|
|
8075 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
8076 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
|
|
|
8077 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
8078 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
8079
|
|
|
8080 ;;;***
|
|
|
8081
|
|
|
8082 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "prim/options.el")
|
|
|
8083
|
|
|
8084 (autoload 'list-options "options" "\
|
|
|
8085 Display a list of XEmacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
|
|
|
8086
|
|
|
8087 (autoload 'edit-options "options" "\
|
|
|
8088 Edit a list of XEmacs user option values.
|
|
|
8089 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
|
|
|
8090 in which there are commands to set the option values.
|
|
|
8091 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands." t nil)
|
|
|
8092
|
|
|
8093 ;;;***
|
|
|
8094
|
|
155
|
8095 ;;;### (autoloads (pretty-print-profiling-info) "profile" "prim/profile.el")
|
|
|
8096
|
|
|
8097 (autoload 'pretty-print-profiling-info "profile" "\
|
|
|
8098 Print profiling info INFO to standard output in a pretty format.
|
|
|
8099 If INFO is omitted, the current profiling info is retrieved using
|
|
|
8100 `get-profiling-info'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8101
|
|
|
8102 ;;;***
|
|
|
8103
|
|
78
|
8104 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "prim/rect.el")
|
|
|
8105
|
|
|
8106 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8107 Delete (don't save) text in rectangle with point and mark as corners.
|
|
|
8108 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the line
|
|
|
8109 where the region begins and ending with the line where the region ends." t nil)
|
|
|
8110
|
|
|
8111 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8112 Delete contents of rectangle and return it as a list of strings.
|
|
|
8113 Arguments START and END are the corners of the rectangle.
|
|
|
8114 The value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
8115
|
|
|
8116 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8117 Return contents of rectangle with corners at START and END.
|
|
|
8118 Value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
8119
|
|
|
8120 (defvar killed-rectangle nil "\
|
|
|
8121 Rectangle for yank-rectangle to insert.")
|
|
|
8122
|
|
|
8123 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8124 Delete rectangle with corners at point and mark; save as last killed one.
|
|
|
8125 Calling from program, supply two args START and END, buffer positions.
|
|
|
8126 But in programs you might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle'." t nil)
|
|
|
8127
|
|
|
8128 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8129 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
|
|
|
8130
|
|
|
8131 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8132 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
|
|
|
8133 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
|
|
|
8134 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
|
|
|
8135 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
|
|
|
8136 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
|
|
|
8137 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
|
|
|
8138
|
|
|
8139 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8140 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark, shifting text right.
|
|
|
8141 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
|
|
|
8142 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle." t nil)
|
|
|
8143
|
|
|
8144 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8145 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
|
|
|
8146 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
|
|
|
8147 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
|
|
|
8148
|
|
|
8149 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
|
|
|
8150
|
|
|
8151 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8152 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark.
|
|
|
8153 The text previously in the region is overwritten by the blanks.
|
|
|
8154 When called from a program, requires two args which specify the corners." t nil)
|
|
|
8155
|
|
|
8156 ;;;***
|
|
|
8157
|
|
|
8158 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "prim/reposition.el")
|
|
|
8159
|
|
|
8160 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
|
|
|
8161 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
|
|
|
8162 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
|
|
|
8163 visibility of comments that precede it.
|
|
|
8164 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
|
|
|
8165 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
|
|
|
8166 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
|
|
|
8167 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
|
|
|
8168 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
|
|
|
8169 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
|
|
|
8170 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
|
|
|
8171 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
|
|
|
8172 the comment lines.
|
|
|
8173 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
|
|
|
8174 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
|
|
|
8175 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
|
|
|
8176 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
|
|
|
8177 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
|
|
|
8178
|
|
|
8179 ;;;***
|
|
|
8180
|
|
|
8181 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-float-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "prim/sort.el")
|
|
|
8182
|
|
|
8183 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
|
|
|
8184 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
|
|
|
8185 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
|
|
|
8186
|
|
|
8187 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
|
|
|
8188 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
|
|
|
8189 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
|
|
|
8190 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
|
|
|
8191 contiguous.
|
|
|
8192
|
|
|
8193 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
|
|
|
8194 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
|
|
|
8195 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8196 the sort order.
|
|
|
8197
|
|
|
8198 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
|
|
|
8199 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
|
|
|
8200
|
|
|
8201 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
|
|
|
8202 It moves point to the start of the next record.
|
|
|
8203 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
|
|
|
8204 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
|
|
|
8205 is called.
|
|
|
8206
|
|
|
8207 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
|
|
|
8208 It should move point to the end of the record.
|
|
|
8209
|
|
|
8210 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
|
|
|
8211 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
|
|
|
8212 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
|
|
|
8213 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
|
|
|
8214 starts at the beginning of the record.
|
|
|
8215
|
|
|
8216 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
|
|
|
8217 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
|
|
|
8218 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
|
|
|
8219
|
|
|
8220 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
|
|
|
8221 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
8222 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8223 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
8224 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8225 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
8226
|
|
|
8227 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
|
|
|
8228 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
8229 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8230 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
8231 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8232 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
8233
|
|
|
8234 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
|
|
|
8235 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
8236 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8237 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
8238 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8239 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
8240
|
|
|
8241 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8242 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8243 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
8244 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region.
|
|
|
8245 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
8246 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8247 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
|
|
|
8248 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8249 the sort order.
|
|
|
8250 If you want to sort floating-point numbers, try `sort-float-fields'." t nil)
|
|
|
8251
|
|
|
8252 (autoload 'sort-float-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8253 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8254 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. Specified field
|
|
|
8255 must contain a floating point number in each line of the region. With a
|
|
|
8256 negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. Called from a
|
|
|
8257 program, there are three arguments: FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify
|
|
|
8258 region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
8259
|
|
|
8260 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8261 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8262 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
8263 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
8264 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8265 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
8266
|
|
|
8267 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8268 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
|
|
|
8269 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
|
|
|
8270 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
|
|
|
8271 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
|
|
|
8272 is to be used for sorting.
|
|
|
8273 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
|
|
|
8274 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
|
|
|
8275 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
|
|
|
8276 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
|
|
|
8277 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
|
|
|
8278
|
|
|
8279 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
|
|
|
8280
|
|
|
8281 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8282 the sort order.
|
|
|
8283
|
|
|
8284 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
|
|
|
8285 starting with the letter \"f\",
|
|
|
8286 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
|
|
|
8287
|
|
|
8288 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
|
|
|
8289 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
|
|
|
8290 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
|
|
|
8291 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
|
|
|
8292 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
|
|
|
8293 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
|
|
|
8294 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8295 the sort order.
|
|
|
8296
|
|
|
8297 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
|
|
|
8298 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
|
|
|
8299 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
|
|
|
8300 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
|
|
|
8301 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
|
|
|
8302
|
|
|
8303 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
|
|
|
8304 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
|
|
|
8305 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
|
|
|
8306
|
|
|
8307 ;;;***
|
|
|
8308
|
|
|
8309 ;;;### (autoloads (load-default-sounds load-sound-file) "sound" "prim/sound.el")
|
|
|
8310
|
|
|
8311 (or sound-alist (setq sound-alist '((ready nil) (warp nil))))
|
|
|
8312
|
|
|
8313 (autoload 'load-sound-file "sound" "\
|
|
|
8314 Read in an audio-file and add it to the sound-alist.
|
|
|
8315
|
|
98
|
8316 You can only play sound files if you are running on display 0 of the
|
|
|
8317 console of a machine with native sound support or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
8318 server and XEmacs has the necessary sound support compiled in.
|
|
|
8319
|
|
124
|
8320 The sound file must be in the Sun/NeXT U-LAW format, except on Linux,
|
|
|
8321 where .wav files are also supported by the sound card drivers." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8322
|
|
|
8323 (autoload 'load-default-sounds "sound" "\
|
|
124
|
8324 Load and install some sound files as beep-types, using
|
|
|
8325 `load-sound-file'. This only works if you're on display 0 of the
|
|
|
8326 console of a machine with native sound support or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
8327 server and XEmacs has the necessary sound support compiled in." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8328
|
|
|
8329 ;;;***
|
|
|
8330
|
|
|
8331 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "prim/tabify.el")
|
|
|
8332
|
|
|
8333 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
8334 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
|
|
|
8335 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
8336 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
8337 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
8338
|
|
|
8339 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
8340 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
|
|
|
8341 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
|
|
|
8342 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
|
|
|
8343 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
8344 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
8345 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
8346
|
|
|
8347 ;;;***
|
|
|
8348
|
|
|
8349 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "prim/userlock.el")
|
|
|
8350
|
|
|
8351 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8352 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by USER.
|
|
|
8353 This function has a choice of three things to do:
|
|
|
8354 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE USER))
|
|
|
8355 to refrain from editing the file
|
|
|
8356 return t (grab the lock on the file)
|
|
|
8357 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
|
|
|
8358 You can rewrite it to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do." nil nil)
|
|
|
8359
|
|
|
8360 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8361 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
|
|
|
8362 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
|
|
|
8363 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
|
|
|
8364 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
|
|
|
8365
|
|
|
8366 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
|
|
|
8367 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
|
|
|
8368
|
|
|
8369 ;;;***
|
|
|
8370
|
|
|
8371 ;;;### (autoloads (style-format) "psgml-fs" "psgml/psgml-fs.el")
|
|
|
8372
|
|
|
8373 (autoload 'style-format "psgml-fs" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8374
|
|
|
8375 ;;;***
|
|
|
8376
|
|
|
8377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "psgml-html" "psgml/psgml-html.el")
|
|
|
8378
|
|
|
8379 (autoload 'html-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8380 HTML mode." t)
|
|
|
8381
|
|
|
8382 (autoload 'html3-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8383 HTML3 mode." t)
|
|
|
8384
|
|
|
8385 ;;;***
|
|
|
8386
|
|
|
8387 ;;;### (autoloads (sgml-mode) "psgml" "psgml/psgml.el")
|
|
|
8388
|
|
|
8389 (autoload 'sgml-mode "psgml" "\
|
|
|
8390 Major mode for editing SGML.\\<sgml-mode-map>
|
|
|
8391 Makes > display the matching <. Makes / display matching /.
|
|
|
8392 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
|
|
|
8393
|
|
|
8394 You can find information with:
|
|
|
8395 \\[sgml-show-context] Show the nesting of elements at cursor position.
|
|
|
8396 \\[sgml-list-valid-tags] Show the tags valid at cursor position.
|
|
|
8397
|
|
|
8398 Insert tags with completion of contextually valid tags with \\[sgml-insert-tag].
|
|
|
8399 End the current element with \\[sgml-insert-end-tag]. Insert an element (i.e.
|
|
|
8400 both start and end tag) with \\[sgml-insert-element]. Or tag a region with
|
|
|
8401 \\[sgml-tag-region].
|
|
|
8402
|
|
|
8403 To tag a region with the mouse, use transient mark mode or secondary selection.
|
|
|
8404
|
|
|
8405 Structure editing:
|
|
|
8406 \\[sgml-backward-element] Moves backwards over the previous element.
|
|
108
|
8407 \\[sgml-forward-element] Moves forward over the next element.
|
|
78
|
8408 \\[sgml-down-element] Move forward and down one level in the element structure.
|
|
|
8409 \\[sgml-backward-up-element] Move backward out of this element level.
|
|
|
8410 \\[sgml-beginning-of-element] Move to after the start tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8411 \\[sgml-end-of-element] Move to before the end tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8412 \\[sgml-kill-element] Kill the element following the cursor.
|
|
|
8413
|
|
|
8414 Finding interesting positions
|
|
|
8415 \\[sgml-next-data-field] Move forward to next point where data is allowed.
|
|
|
8416 \\[sgml-next-trouble-spot] Move forward to next point where something is
|
|
|
8417 amiss with the structure.
|
|
|
8418
|
|
|
8419 Folding and unfolding
|
|
|
8420 \\[sgml-fold-element] Fold the lines comprising the current element, leaving
|
|
|
8421 the first line visible.
|
|
|
8422 \\[sgml-fold-subelement] Fold the elements in the content of the current element.
|
|
|
8423 Leaving the first line of every element visible.
|
|
|
8424 \\[sgml-unfold-line] Show hidden lines in current line.
|
|
|
8425
|
|
|
8426 User options:
|
|
|
8427
|
|
|
8428 sgml-omittag Set this to reflect OMITTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8429 sgml-shortag Set this to reflect SHORTTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8430 sgml-auto-insert-required-elements If non-nil, automatically insert required
|
|
|
8431 elements in the content of an inserted element.
|
|
|
8432 sgml-balanced-tag-edit If non-nil, always insert start-end tag pairs.
|
|
|
8433 sgml-omittag-transparent If non-nil, will show legal tags inside elements
|
|
|
8434 with omitable start tags and legal tags beyond omitable end tags.
|
|
|
8435 sgml-leave-point-after-insert If non-nil, the point will remain after
|
|
|
8436 inserted tag(s).
|
|
|
8437 sgml-warn-about-undefined-elements If non-nil, print a warning when a tag
|
|
|
8438 for a undefined element is found.
|
|
|
8439 sgml-max-menu-size Max number of entries in Tags and Entities menus before
|
|
|
8440 they are split into several panes.
|
|
|
8441 sgml-always-quote-attributes If non-nil, quote all attribute values
|
|
|
8442 inserted after finishing edit attributes.
|
|
|
8443 sgml-minimize-attributes Determines minimization of attributes inserted by
|
|
|
8444 edit-attributes.
|
|
|
8445 sgml-normalize-trims If non-nil, sgml-normalize will trim off white space
|
|
|
8446 from end of element when adding end tag.
|
|
|
8447 sgml-indent-step How much to increament indent for every element level.
|
|
|
8448 sgml-indent-data If non-nil, indent in data/mixed context also.
|
|
|
8449 sgml-set-face If non-nil, psgml will set the face of parsed markup.
|
|
|
8450 sgml-markup-faces The faces used when the above variable is non-nil.
|
|
108
|
8451 sgml-system-path List of directories used to look for system identifiers.
|
|
78
|
8452 sgml-public-map Mapping from public identifiers to file names.
|
|
|
8453 sgml-offer-save If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before
|
|
|
8454 \\[sgml-validate] is run.
|
|
|
8455
|
|
|
8456 All bindings:
|
|
|
8457 \\{sgml-mode-map}
|
|
|
8458 " t nil)
|
|
|
8459
|
|
|
8460 ;;;***
|
|
|
8461
|
|
|
8462 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-input rmail-mode rmail) "rmail" "rmail/rmail.el")
|
|
|
8463
|
|
|
8464 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
|
|
|
8465 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
|
|
|
8466 A value of nil means exclude your own name only.")
|
|
|
8467
|
|
|
8468 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
|
|
|
8469 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
|
|
|
8470 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
|
|
|
8471 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
|
|
|
8472 value is the user's name.)
|
|
|
8473 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
|
|
|
8474
|
|
|
8475 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
|
|
|
8476 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
|
|
|
8477
|
|
|
8478 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
|
|
|
8479 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
|
|
|
8480 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
|
|
|
8481 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
|
|
|
8482 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
|
|
|
8483
|
|
|
8484 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
|
|
|
8485 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
|
|
|
8486
|
|
|
8487 (defvar rmail-retry-setup-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8488 Hook that `rmail-retry-failure' uses in place of `mail-setup-hook'.")
|
|
|
8489
|
|
|
8490 (defvar rmail-last-file nil)
|
|
|
8491
|
|
|
8492 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8493 Read and edit incoming mail.
|
|
|
8494 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
|
|
|
8495 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
|
|
|
8496 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
|
|
|
8497
|
|
|
8498 May be called with filename as argument; then performs rmail editing on
|
|
|
8499 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file." t nil)
|
|
|
8500
|
|
|
8501 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8502 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
|
|
|
8503 All normal editing commands are turned off.
|
|
|
8504 Instead, these commands are available:
|
|
|
8505
|
|
|
8506 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
|
|
|
8507 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
|
|
|
8508 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
|
|
|
8509 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8510 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8511 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8512 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8513 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8514 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8515 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
|
|
|
8516 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
|
|
|
8517 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
|
|
|
8518 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
|
|
|
8519 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
|
|
|
8520 till a deleted message is found.
|
|
|
8521 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
|
|
|
8522 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
|
|
|
8523 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
|
|
|
8524 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
|
|
|
8525 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
|
|
|
8526 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
|
|
|
8527 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
|
|
|
8528 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
|
|
|
8529 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
|
|
|
8530 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
|
|
|
8531 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
|
|
|
8532 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
|
|
|
8533 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
|
|
|
8534 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
|
|
|
8535 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
|
|
|
8536 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
|
|
|
8537 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
|
|
|
8538 (label defaults to last one specified).
|
|
|
8539 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
|
|
|
8540 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
|
|
|
8541 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
|
|
|
8542 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
|
|
|
8543 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
|
|
|
8544 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
|
|
|
8545 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
|
|
|
8546 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
|
|
|
8547 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
|
|
|
8548
|
|
|
8549 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8550 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
8551
|
|
|
8552 ;;;***
|
|
|
8553
|
|
|
8554 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-file-p) "rmailout" "rmail/rmailout.el")
|
|
|
8555
|
|
|
8556 (autoload 'rmail-file-p "rmailout" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
8557
|
|
|
8558 ;;;***
|
|
|
8559
|
|
|
8560 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "rmail/unrmail.el")
|
|
|
8561
|
|
|
8562 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8563 Convert Rmail files to mailbox files.
|
|
|
8564 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
|
|
|
8565 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
|
|
|
8566 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
|
|
|
8567 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8568
|
|
|
8569 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8570 Convert Rmail file FILE to mailbox-format file TO-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
8571
|
|
|
8572 ;;;***
|
|
|
8573
|
|
|
8574 ;;;### (autoloads (mime/editor-mode) "tm-edit" "tm/tm-edit.el")
|
|
|
8575
|
|
|
8576 (autoload 'mime/editor-mode "tm-edit" "\
|
|
|
8577 MIME minor mode for editing the tagged MIME message.
|
|
|
8578
|
|
|
8579 In this mode, basically, the message is composed in the tagged MIME
|
|
|
8580 format. The message tag looks like:
|
|
|
8581
|
|
|
8582 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-2022-JP][7bit]]
|
|
|
8583
|
|
|
8584 The tag specifies the MIME content type, subtype, optional parameters
|
|
|
8585 and transfer encoding of the message following the tag. Messages
|
|
|
8586 without any tag are treated as `text/plain' by default. Charset and
|
|
|
8587 transfer encoding are automatically defined unless explicitly
|
|
|
8588 specified. Binary messages such as audio and image are usually hidden.
|
|
|
8589 The messages in the tagged MIME format are automatically translated
|
|
|
8590 into a MIME compliant message when exiting this mode.
|
|
|
8591
|
|
|
8592 Available charsets depend on Emacs version being used. The following
|
|
|
8593 lists the available charsets of each emacs.
|
|
|
8594
|
|
|
8595 EMACS 18: US-ASCII is only available.
|
|
|
8596 NEmacs: US-ASCII and ISO-2022-JP are available.
|
|
|
8597 EMACS 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8598 XEmacs 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8599 Mule: US-ASCII, ISO-8859-* (except for ISO-8859-5), KOI8-R,
|
|
|
8600 ISO-2022-JP, ISO-2022-JP-2, ISO-2022-KR, BIG5 and
|
|
|
8601 ISO-2022-INT-1 are available.
|
|
|
8602
|
|
|
8603 ISO-2022-JP-2 and ISO-2022-INT-1 charsets used in mule is expected to
|
|
|
8604 be used to represent multilingual text in intermixed manner. Any
|
|
|
8605 languages that has no registered charset are represented as either
|
|
|
8606 ISO-2022-JP-2 or ISO-2022-INT-1 in mule.
|
|
|
8607
|
|
|
8608 If you want to use non-ISO-8859-1 charset in EMACS 19 or XEmacs 19,
|
|
|
8609 please set variable `default-mime-charset'. This variable must be
|
|
|
8610 symbol of which name is a MIME charset.
|
|
|
8611
|
|
|
8612 If you want to add more charsets in mule, please set variable
|
|
|
8613 `charsets-mime-charset-alist'. This variable must be alist of which
|
|
|
8614 key is list of leading-char/charset and value is symbol of MIME
|
|
|
8615 charset. (leading-char is a term of MULE 1.* and 2.*. charset is a
|
|
|
8616 term of XEmacs/mule, mule merged EMACS and MULE 3.*) If name of
|
|
|
8617 coding-system is different as MIME charset, please set variable
|
|
|
8618 `mime-charset-coding-system-alist'. This variable must be alist of
|
|
|
8619 which key is MIME charset and value is coding-system.
|
|
|
8620
|
|
|
8621 Following commands are available in addition to major mode commands:
|
|
|
8622
|
|
|
8623 [make single part]
|
|
|
8624 \\[mime-editor/insert-text] insert a text message.
|
|
|
8625 \\[mime-editor/insert-file] insert a (binary) file.
|
|
|
8626 \\[mime-editor/insert-external] insert a reference to external body.
|
|
|
8627 \\[mime-editor/insert-voice] insert a voice message.
|
|
|
8628 \\[mime-editor/insert-message] insert a mail or news message.
|
|
|
8629 \\[mime-editor/insert-mail] insert a mail message.
|
|
|
8630 \\[mime-editor/insert-signature] insert a signature file at end.
|
|
|
8631 \\[mime-editor/insert-key] insert PGP public key.
|
|
|
8632 \\[mime-editor/insert-tag] insert a new MIME tag.
|
|
|
8633
|
|
|
8634 [make enclosure (maybe multipart)]
|
|
|
8635 \\[mime-editor/enclose-alternative-region] enclose as multipart/alternative.
|
|
|
8636 \\[mime-editor/enclose-parallel-region] enclose as multipart/parallel.
|
|
|
8637 \\[mime-editor/enclose-mixed-region] enclose as multipart/mixed.
|
|
|
8638 \\[mime-editor/enclose-digest-region] enclose as multipart/digest.
|
|
|
8639 \\[mime-editor/enclose-signed-region] enclose as PGP signed.
|
|
|
8640 \\[mime-editor/enclose-encrypted-region] enclose as PGP encrypted.
|
|
|
8641 \\[mime-editor/enclose-quote-region] enclose as verbose mode (to avoid to expand tags)
|
|
|
8642
|
|
|
8643 [other commands]
|
|
|
8644 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-7bit] set transfer-level as 7.
|
|
|
8645 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-8bit] set transfer-level as 8.
|
|
|
8646 \\[mime-editor/set-split] set message splitting mode.
|
|
|
8647 \\[mime-editor/set-sign] set PGP-sign mode.
|
|
|
8648 \\[mime-editor/set-encrypt] set PGP-encryption mode.
|
|
|
8649 \\[mime-editor/preview-message] preview editing MIME message.
|
|
|
8650 \\[mime-editor/exit] exit and translate into a MIME compliant message.
|
|
|
8651 \\[mime-editor/help] show this help.
|
|
|
8652 \\[mime-editor/maybe-translate] exit and translate if in MIME mode, then split.
|
|
|
8653
|
|
|
8654 Additional commands are available in some major modes:
|
|
|
8655 C-c C-c exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8656 C-c C-s exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8657
|
|
|
8658 The following is a message example written in the tagged MIME format.
|
|
|
8659 TABs at the beginning of the line are not a part of the message:
|
|
|
8660
|
|
|
8661 This is a conventional plain text. It should be translated
|
|
|
8662 into text/plain.
|
|
|
8663 --[[text/plain]]
|
|
|
8664 This is also a plain text. But, it is explicitly specified as
|
|
|
8665 is.
|
|
86
|
8666 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1]]
|
|
|
8667 This is also a plain text. But charset is specified as
|
|
|
8668 iso-8859-1.
|
|
|
8669
|
|
|
8670 ¡Hola! Buenos días. ¿Cómo está usted?
|
|
|
8671 --[[text/enriched]]
|
|
|
8672 This is a <bold>enriched text</bold>.
|
|
|
8673 --[[image/gif][base64]]...image encoded in base64 here...
|
|
|
8674 --[[audio/basic][base64]]...audio encoded in base64 here...
|
|
78
|
8675
|
|
|
8676 User customizable variables (not documented all of them):
|
|
|
8677 mime-prefix
|
|
|
8678 Specifies a key prefix for MIME minor mode commands.
|
|
|
8679
|
|
|
8680 mime-ignore-preceding-spaces
|
|
|
8681 Preceding white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8682
|
|
|
8683 mime-ignore-trailing-spaces
|
|
|
8684 Trailing white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8685
|
|
|
8686 mime-auto-hide-body
|
|
|
8687 Hide a non-textual body message encoded in base64 after insertion
|
|
|
8688 if non-nil.
|
|
|
8689
|
|
|
8690 mime-editor/transfer-level
|
|
|
8691 A number of network transfer level. It should be bigger than 7.
|
|
|
8692 If you are in 8bit-through environment, please set 8.
|
|
|
8693
|
|
|
8694 mime-editor/voice-recorder
|
|
|
8695 Specifies a function to record a voice message and encode it.
|
|
|
8696 The function `mime-editor/voice-recorder-for-sun' is for Sun
|
|
|
8697 SparcStations.
|
|
|
8698
|
|
|
8699 mime/editor-mode-hook
|
|
|
8700 Turning on MIME mode calls the value of mime/editor-mode-hook, if
|
|
|
8701 it is non-nil.
|
|
|
8702
|
|
|
8703 mime-editor/translate-hook
|
|
|
8704 The value of mime-editor/translate-hook is called just before translating
|
|
|
8705 the tagged MIME format into a MIME compliant message if it is
|
|
|
8706 non-nil. If the hook call the function mime-editor/insert-signature,
|
|
|
8707 the signature file will be inserted automatically.
|
|
|
8708
|
|
|
8709 mime-editor/exit-hook
|
|
|
8710 Turning off MIME mode calls the value of mime-editor/exit-hook, if it is
|
|
|
8711 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
8712
|
|
|
8713 (defalias 'edit-mime 'mime/editor-mode)
|
|
|
8714
|
|
|
8715 ;;;***
|
|
|
8716
|
|
|
8717 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice) "advice" "utils/advice.el")
|
|
|
8718
|
|
|
8719 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
|
|
|
8720 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
|
|
|
8721 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
|
|
|
8722 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
|
|
|
8723 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
|
|
|
8724 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
|
|
|
8725 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
|
|
|
8726 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
|
|
|
8727 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
|
|
|
8728 interpreted as `error'.")
|
|
|
8729
|
|
|
8730 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
|
|
|
8731 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
|
|
|
8732 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
|
|
|
8733 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
|
|
|
8734 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
|
|
|
8735 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
|
|
|
8736 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
|
|
|
8737 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
|
|
|
8738
|
|
|
8739 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8740 Adds a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
|
|
|
8741 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
|
|
|
8742 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
|
|
|
8743 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
|
|
|
8744 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
|
|
|
8745 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
|
|
|
8746 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
|
|
|
8747 will be overwritten with the new one.
|
|
|
8748 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
|
|
|
8749 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
|
|
|
8750 will clear the cache." nil nil)
|
|
|
8751
|
|
|
8752 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8753 Defines a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
|
|
|
8754 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
|
|
|
8755
|
|
|
8756 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
|
|
|
8757 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
|
|
|
8758 BODY... )
|
|
|
8759
|
|
|
8760 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
|
|
|
8761 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
|
|
|
8762 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8763 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
|
|
|
8764 see also `ad-add-advice'.
|
|
|
8765 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
|
|
|
8766 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
|
|
|
8767 before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8768 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
|
|
|
8769 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
|
|
|
8770 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8771 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
|
|
|
8772 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8773 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
|
|
|
8774
|
|
|
8775 Semantics of the various flags:
|
|
|
8776 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
|
|
|
8777 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
|
|
|
8778 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
|
|
|
8779
|
|
|
8780 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
|
|
|
8781 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
|
|
|
8782
|
|
|
8783 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
|
|
|
8784 advised function should be compiled.
|
|
|
8785
|
|
|
8786 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
|
|
|
8787 during activation until somebody enables it.
|
|
|
8788
|
|
|
8789 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
|
|
|
8790 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
|
|
|
8791 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
|
|
|
8792 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
|
|
|
8793
|
|
|
8794 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
|
|
|
8795 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
|
|
|
8796 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
|
|
|
8797 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
|
|
|
8798 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
|
|
|
8799 during preloading.
|
|
|
8800
|
|
|
8801 Look at the file `advice.el' for comprehensive documentation." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8802
|
|
|
8803 ;;;***
|
|
|
8804
|
|
|
8805 ;;;### (autoloads (all-annotations annotation-list annotations-at annotations-in-region annotation-at annotationp delete-annotation make-annotation) "annotations" "utils/annotations.el")
|
|
|
8806
|
|
|
8807 (defvar make-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8808 *Function or functions to run immediately after creating an annotation.")
|
|
|
8809
|
|
|
8810 (defvar before-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8811 *Function or functions to run immediately before deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8812
|
|
|
8813 (defvar after-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8814 *Function or functions to run immediately after deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8815
|
|
|
8816 (autoload 'make-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8817 Create a marginal annotation, displayed using GLYPH, at position POS.
|
|
|
8818 GLYPH may be either a glyph object or a string. Use layout policy
|
|
|
8819 LAYOUT and place the annotation in buffer BUFFER. If POS is nil, point is
|
|
|
8820 used. If LAYOUT is nil, `whitespace' is used. If BUFFER is nil, the
|
|
|
8821 current buffer is used. If WITH-EVENT is non-nil, then when an annotation
|
|
|
8822 is activated, the triggering event is passed as the second arg to the
|
|
|
8823 annotation function. If D-GLYPH is non-nil then it is used as the glyph
|
|
|
8824 that will be displayed when button1 is down. If RIGHTP is non-nil then
|
|
|
8825 the glyph will be displayed on the right side of the buffer instead of the
|
|
|
8826 left." nil nil)
|
|
|
8827
|
|
|
8828 (autoload 'delete-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8829 Remove ANNOTATION from its buffer. This does not modify the buffer text." nil nil)
|
|
|
8830
|
|
|
8831 (autoload 'annotationp "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8832 T if OBJECT is an annotation." nil nil)
|
|
|
8833
|
|
|
8834 (autoload 'annotation-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8835 Return the first annotation at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8836 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. POS defaults to point in BUFFER." nil nil)
|
|
|
8837
|
|
|
8838 (autoload 'annotations-in-region "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8839 Return all annotations in BUFFER between START and END inclusively." nil nil)
|
|
|
8840
|
|
|
8841 (autoload 'annotations-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8842 Return a list of all annotations at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8843 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used. If POS is nil, point is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8844
|
|
|
8845 (autoload 'annotation-list "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8846 Return a list of all annotations in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8847 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8848
|
|
|
8849 (autoload 'all-annotations "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8850 Return a list of all annotations in existence." nil nil)
|
|
|
8851
|
|
|
8852 ;;;***
|
|
|
8853
|
|
|
8854 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directory update-autoloads-here update-file-autoloads generate-file-autoloads) "autoload" "utils/autoload.el")
|
|
|
8855
|
|
|
8856 (autoload 'generate-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8857 Insert at point a loaddefs autoload section for FILE.
|
|
|
8858 autoloads are generated for defuns and defmacros in FILE
|
|
|
8859 marked by `generate-autoload-cookie' (which see).
|
|
|
8860 If FILE is being visited in a buffer, the contents of the buffer
|
|
|
8861 are used." t nil)
|
|
|
8862
|
|
|
8863 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8864 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
|
|
|
8865 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
|
|
|
8866
|
|
|
8867 (autoload 'update-autoloads-here "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8868 Update sections of the current buffer generated by `update-file-autoloads'." t nil)
|
|
|
8869
|
|
|
8870 (autoload 'update-autoloads-from-directory "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8871 Update `generated-autoload-file' with all the current autoloads from DIR.
|
|
|
8872 This runs `update-file-autoloads' on each .el file in DIR.
|
|
|
8873 Obsolete autoload entries for files that no longer exist are deleted." t nil)
|
|
|
8874
|
|
|
8875 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8876 Update the autoloads for the files or directories on the command line.
|
|
|
8877 Runs `update-file-autoloads' on files and `update-directory-autoloads'
|
|
|
8878 on directories. Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
8879 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
8880 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-update-autoloads *.el'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8881
|
|
|
8882 ;;;***
|
|
|
8883
|
|
|
8884 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "utils/browse-url.el")
|
|
|
8885
|
|
134
|
8886 (defcustom browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-w3 "*Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.\nUsed by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and\n`browse-url-of-file' commands." :type 'function :group 'browse-url)
|
|
78
|
8887
|
|
|
8888 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8889 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8890
|
|
|
8891 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
|
|
|
8892 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
|
|
|
8893
|
|
|
8894 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
|
|
|
8895 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
|
|
|
8896 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
|
|
|
8897 the effect of browse-url-new-window-p.
|
|
|
8898
|
|
|
8899 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
|
|
|
8900 used instead of browse-url-new-window-p." t nil)
|
|
|
8901
|
|
|
8902 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8903 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8904 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8905
|
|
|
8906 (autoload 'browse-url-grail "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8907 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8908 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
|
|
|
8909 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
|
|
|
8910
|
|
|
8911 (autoload 'browse-url-iximosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8912 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8913 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8914
|
|
|
8915 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8916 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8917 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8918
|
|
|
8919 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-xterm "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8920 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8921 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
|
|
|
8922 in an Xterm window." t nil)
|
|
|
8923
|
|
|
8924 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-emacs "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8925 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8926 Default to the URL around or before point. Run a new Lynx process in
|
|
|
8927 an Emacs buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
8928
|
|
|
8929 ;;;***
|
|
|
8930
|
|
|
8931 ;;;### (autoloads (docref-setup) "docref" "utils/docref.el")
|
|
|
8932
|
|
|
8933 (autoload 'docref-setup "docref" "\
|
|
|
8934 Process docref cross-references in the current buffer.
|
|
|
8935 See also \\(f@docref-subst)." t nil)
|
|
|
8936
|
|
|
8937 ;;;***
|
|
|
8938
|
|
|
8939 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "utils/easymenu.el")
|
|
|
8940
|
|
|
8941 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
|
|
|
8942 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
8943 The arguments SYMBOL and DOC are ignored; they are present for
|
|
|
8944 compatibility only. SYMBOL is not evaluated. In other Emacs versions
|
|
|
8945 these arguments may be used as a variable to hold the menu data, and a
|
|
|
8946 doc string for that variable.
|
|
|
8947
|
|
|
8948 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
8949 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
8950
|
|
|
8951 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
8952
|
|
|
8953 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
8954
|
|
|
8955 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
8956 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
8957
|
|
|
8958 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8959 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8960
|
|
|
8961 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
8962
|
|
|
8963 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
8964
|
|
|
8965 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
8966
|
|
|
8967 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
8968
|
|
|
8969 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
8970
|
|
|
8971 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
8972
|
|
|
8973 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8974 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8975
|
|
|
8976 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
8977
|
|
|
8978 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
8979
|
|
|
8980 :style STYLE
|
|
|
8981
|
|
|
8982 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
8983 defined:
|
|
|
8984
|
|
|
8985 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
8986 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
8987 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
8988 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
8989
|
|
|
8990 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
8991
|
|
|
8992 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
8993 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8994 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
8995
|
|
|
8996 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
8997 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
8998 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
8999
|
|
|
9000 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
9001 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
9002 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
9003 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9004
|
|
|
9005 ;;;***
|
|
|
9006
|
|
118
|
9007 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-kbd-macro format-kbd-macro kbd read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "utils/edmacro.el")
|
|
98
|
9008
|
|
|
9009 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
|
|
|
9010
|
|
|
9011 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
9012 Edit a keyboard macro.
|
|
|
9013 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
|
|
|
9014 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
|
|
|
9015 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
|
|
|
9016 its command name.
|
|
|
9017 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
|
|
|
9018
|
|
|
9019 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
9020 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
|
|
|
9021
|
|
|
9022 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
9023 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
|
|
|
9024
|
|
|
9025 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
9026 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
|
|
|
9027 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
|
|
|
9028 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
|
|
|
9029 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
|
|
|
9030 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
|
|
|
9031
|
|
|
9032 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
|
|
|
9033 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
|
|
|
9034 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
|
|
|
9035 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
|
|
|
9036
|
|
118
|
9037 (autoload 'kbd "edmacro" "\
|
|
136
|
9038 Convert KEYS to the internal Emacs key representation." nil 'macro)
|
|
118
|
9039
|
|
98
|
9040 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
9041 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
|
|
|
9042 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
|
|
|
9043 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
|
|
|
9044 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
|
|
|
9045 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
|
|
|
9046
|
|
|
9047 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
9048 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
|
|
|
9049 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
|
|
|
9050 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
|
|
|
9051
|
|
|
9052 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
|
|
|
9053 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
|
|
|
9054 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
|
|
|
9055 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
|
|
|
9056 bindings.
|
|
|
9057
|
|
|
9058 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
|
|
|
9059 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
|
|
|
9060
|
|
|
9061 ;;;***
|
|
|
9062
|
|
|
9063 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "utils/eldoc.el")
|
|
|
9064
|
|
134
|
9065 (defcustom eldoc-mode nil "*If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.\n\nFor the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is\nwithin, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.\nThis information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is\nin pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained\nfrom the documentation string if possible.\n\nIf point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring\ninstead.\n\nThis variable is buffer-local." :type 'boolean :group 'eldoc)
|
|
98
|
9066
|
|
|
9067 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
|
|
|
9068 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
|
|
|
9069 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
|
|
|
9070
|
|
|
9071 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
|
|
|
9072 of the mode.
|
|
|
9073 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
|
|
|
9074 the mode, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
9075
|
|
|
9076 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
|
|
|
9077 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
|
|
|
9078
|
|
|
9079 ;;;***
|
|
|
9080
|
|
78
|
9081 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "utils/elp.el")
|
|
|
9082
|
|
|
9083 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
9084 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
|
|
|
9085 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
9086
|
|
|
9087 (autoload 'elp-restore-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
9088 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
|
|
|
9089 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
9090
|
|
|
9091 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
|
|
|
9092 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
|
|
|
9093 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
|
|
|
9094
|
|
|
9095 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
|
|
|
9096 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
|
|
|
9097 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
|
|
|
9098
|
|
|
9099 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
|
|
|
9100
|
|
|
9101 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
|
|
|
9102 Display current profiling results.
|
|
|
9103 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
|
|
|
9104 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
|
|
|
9105 displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
9106
|
|
|
9107 (autoload 'elp-submit-bug-report "elp" "\
|
|
|
9108 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
|
|
|
9109
|
|
|
9110 ;;;***
|
|
|
9111
|
|
|
9112 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-props facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-make-much-smaller facemenu-make-much-larger facemenu-make-smaller facemenu-make-larger facemenu-set-size-default facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "utils/facemenu.el")
|
|
|
9113
|
|
126
|
9114 (define-key ctl-x-map "F" 'facemenu-keymap)
|
|
|
9115
|
|
78
|
9116 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
|
|
|
9117 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
|
|
|
9118
|
|
|
9119 (defvar facemenu-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Set face"))) (define-key map ?o 'facemenu-set-face) map) "\
|
|
|
9120 Keymap for face-changing commands.
|
|
|
9121 `Facemenu-update' fills in the keymap according to the bindings
|
|
|
9122 requested in `facemenu-keybindings'.")
|
|
|
9123
|
|
|
9124 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9125 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
9126 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
|
|
|
9127 will not show through at all will be removed.
|
|
|
9128
|
|
|
9129 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
|
|
|
9130
|
|
|
9131 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
9132 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
9133
|
|
|
9134 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
9135 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
9136 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
|
9137
|
|
|
9138 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9139 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
9140 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
9141 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
9142 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
9143 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
9144 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
9145 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
9146
|
|
|
9147 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9148 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
9149 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
9150 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
9151 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
9152 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
9153 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
9154 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
9155
|
|
|
9156 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9157 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
9158 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
|
|
|
9159 is the menu item's name.
|
|
|
9160
|
|
|
9161 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
9162 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
9163
|
|
|
9164 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
9165 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
100
|
9166 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9167
|
|
|
9168 (autoload 'facemenu-set-size-default "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9169
|
|
|
9170 (autoload 'facemenu-make-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9171
|
|
|
9172 (autoload 'facemenu-make-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9173
|
|
|
9174 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9175
|
|
|
9176 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9177
|
|
|
9178 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9179 Make the region invisible.
|
|
|
9180 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
9181 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
9182
|
|
|
9183 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9184 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
|
|
|
9185 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
9186 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
9187
|
|
|
9188 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9189 Make the region unmodifiable.
|
|
|
9190 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
9191 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
9192
|
|
|
9193 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-props "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9194 Remove all text properties that facemenu added to region." t nil)
|
|
|
9195
|
|
|
9196 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9197 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
|
|
|
9198 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
|
|
|
9199
|
|
|
9200 (autoload 'list-text-properties-at "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9201 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
|
|
|
9202
|
|
|
9203 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9204 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9205
|
|
|
9206 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9207 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
|
|
|
9208 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
|
|
|
9209 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
|
|
|
9210 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
|
|
|
9211
|
|
|
9212 ;;;***
|
|
|
9213
|
|
98
|
9214 ;;;### (autoloads (floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar) "floating-toolbar" "utils/floating-toolbar.el")
|
|
|
9215
|
|
|
9216 (autoload 'floating-toolbar "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
9217 Popup a toolbar near the current mouse position.
|
|
|
9218 The toolbar instantiator used is taken from the 'floating-toolbar
|
|
|
9219 property of any extent under the mouse. If no such non-nil
|
|
|
9220 property exists for any extent under the mouse, then the value of the
|
|
|
9221 variable `floating-toolbar' is checked. If its value si nil, then
|
|
|
9222 no toolbar will be displayed.
|
|
|
9223
|
|
|
9224 This command should be bound to a button press event.
|
|
|
9225
|
|
|
9226 When called from a program, first arg EVENT should be the button
|
|
|
9227 press event. Optional second arg EXTENT-LOCAL-ONLY specifies
|
|
|
9228 that only extent local toolbars should be used; this means the
|
|
|
9229 `floating-toolbar' variable will not be consulted." t nil)
|
|
|
9230
|
|
|
9231 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
9232 Like floating-toolbar, but if no toolbar is displayed
|
|
|
9233 run popup-mode-menu." t nil)
|
|
|
9234
|
|
|
9235 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
9236 Like floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu, but search only for an
|
|
|
9237 extent local toolbar." t nil)
|
|
|
9238
|
|
|
9239 ;;;***
|
|
|
9240
|
|
78
|
9241 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "utils/flow-ctrl.el")
|
|
|
9242
|
|
|
9243 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
9244 Toggle flow control handling.
|
|
|
9245 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
|
|
|
9246 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
|
|
|
9247
|
|
|
9248 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
9249 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
|
|
|
9250 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
|
|
|
9251 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
|
|
|
9252 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
|
|
|
9253 to get the effect of a C-q.
|
|
|
9254
|
|
|
9255 This function has no effect unless the current device is a tty.
|
|
|
9256
|
|
|
9257 The tty terminal type is determined from the TERM environment variable.
|
|
|
9258 Trailing hyphens and everything following is stripped, so a TERM
|
|
|
9259 value of \"vt100-nam\" is treated the same as \"vt100\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
9260
|
|
|
9261 ;;;***
|
|
|
9262
|
|
|
9263 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) "forms" "utils/forms.el")
|
|
|
9264
|
|
|
9265 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
|
|
|
9266 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
|
|
|
9267
|
|
|
9268 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
|
|
|
9269 TAB forms-next-field TAB
|
|
|
9270 \\C-c TAB forms-next-field
|
|
|
9271 \\C-c < forms-first-record <
|
|
|
9272 \\C-c > forms-last-record >
|
|
|
9273 \\C-c ? describe-mode ?
|
|
|
9274 \\C-c \\C-k forms-delete-record
|
|
|
9275 \\C-c \\C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
|
|
|
9276 \\C-c \\C-o forms-insert-record
|
|
|
9277 \\C-c \\C-l forms-jump-record l
|
|
|
9278 \\C-c \\C-n forms-next-record n
|
|
|
9279 \\C-c \\C-p forms-prev-record p
|
|
|
9280 \\C-c \\C-r forms-search-backward r
|
|
|
9281 \\C-c \\C-s forms-search-forward s
|
|
|
9282 \\C-c \\C-x forms-exit x
|
|
|
9283 " t nil)
|
|
|
9284
|
|
|
9285 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
|
|
|
9286 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
|
|
|
9287
|
|
|
9288 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
|
|
|
9289 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
9290
|
|
|
9291 ;;;***
|
|
|
9292
|
|
149
|
9293 ;;;### (autoloads (unhide-copyleft-region hide-copyleft-region) "hide-copyleft" "utils/hide-copyleft.el")
|
|
|
9294
|
|
|
9295 (autoload 'hide-copyleft-region "hide-copyleft" "\
|
|
|
9296 Make the legal drivel at the front of this file invisible. Unhide it again
|
|
|
9297 with C-u \\[hide-copyleft-region]." t nil)
|
|
|
9298
|
|
|
9299 (autoload 'unhide-copyleft-region "hide-copyleft" "\
|
|
|
9300 If the legal nonsense at the top of this file is elided, make it visible again." nil nil)
|
|
|
9301
|
|
|
9302 ;;;***
|
|
|
9303
|
|
78
|
9304 ;;;### (autoloads (highlight-headers-follow-url highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape highlight-headers) "highlight-headers" "utils/highlight-headers.el")
|
|
|
9305
|
|
|
9306 (autoload 'highlight-headers "highlight-headers" "\
|
|
|
9307 Highlight message headers between start and end.
|
|
|
9308 Faces used:
|
|
|
9309 message-headers the part before the colon
|
|
|
9310 message-header-contents the part after the colon
|
|
|
9311 message-highlighted-header-contents contents of \"special\" headers
|
|
|
9312 message-cited-text quoted text from other messages
|
|
|
9313
|
|
|
9314 Variables used:
|
|
|
9315
|
|
|
9316 highlight-headers-regexp what makes a \"special\" header
|
|
|
9317 highlight-headers-citation-regexp matches lines of quoted text
|
|
|
9318 highlight-headers-citation-header-regexp matches headers for quoted text
|
|
|
9319
|
|
|
9320 If HACK-SIG is true,then we search backward from END for something that
|
|
|
9321 looks like the beginning of a signature block, and don't consider that a
|
|
|
9322 part of the message (this is because signatures are often incorrectly
|
|
|
9323 interpreted as cited text.)" nil nil)
|
|
|
9324
|
|
|
9325 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9326
|
|
|
9327 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9328
|
|
|
9329 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url "highlight-headers" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9330
|
|
|
9331 ;;;***
|
|
|
9332
|
|
|
9333 ;;;### (autoloads (id-select-double-click-hook id-select-and-kill-thing id-select-and-copy-thing id-select-goto-matching-tag id-select-thing-with-mouse id-select-thing) "id-select" "utils/id-select.el")
|
|
|
9334
|
|
|
9335 (autoload 'id-select-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9336 Mark the region selected by the syntax of the thing at point.
|
|
|
9337 If invoked repeatedly, selects bigger and bigger things.
|
|
|
9338 If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil, the type of selection is displayed in
|
|
|
9339 the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9340
|
|
|
9341 (autoload 'id-select-thing-with-mouse "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9342 Select a region based on the syntax of the character from a mouse click.
|
|
|
9343 If the click occurs at the same point as the last click, select
|
|
|
9344 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
9345 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9346
|
|
|
9347 (autoload 'id-select-goto-matching-tag "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9348 If in a major mode listed in `id-select-markup-modes,' moves point to the start of the tag paired with the closest tag that point is within or precedes.
|
|
|
9349 Returns t if point is moved, else nil.
|
|
|
9350 Signals an error if no tag is found following point or if the closing tag
|
|
|
9351 does not have a `>' terminator character." t nil)
|
|
|
9352
|
|
|
9353 (autoload 'id-select-and-copy-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9354 Copy the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
9355
|
|
|
9356 (autoload 'id-select-and-kill-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9357 Kill the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
9358
|
|
|
9359 (autoload 'id-select-double-click-hook "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9360 Select a region based on the syntax of the character wherever the mouse is double-clicked.
|
|
|
9361 If the double-click occurs at the same point as the last double-click, select
|
|
|
9362 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
9363 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9364
|
|
|
9365 ;;;***
|
|
|
9366
|
|
|
9367 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "utils/loadhist.el")
|
|
|
9368
|
|
|
9369 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
|
|
|
9370 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
|
|
|
9371 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
|
|
|
9372 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
|
|
|
9373
|
|
|
9374 ;;;***
|
|
|
9375
|
|
|
9376 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "utils/mail-extr.el")
|
|
|
9377
|
|
|
9378 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
9379 Given an RFC-822 ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
|
|
|
9380 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
|
|
|
9381 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
|
|
|
9382 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
|
|
|
9383 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
|
|
|
9384 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
|
|
|
9385 consing a string.)
|
|
|
9386 If ADDRESS contains more than one RFC-822 address, only the first is
|
|
|
9387 returned. Some day this function may be extended to extract multiple
|
|
|
9388 addresses, or perhaps return the position at which parsing stopped." nil nil)
|
|
|
9389
|
|
|
9390 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
9391 Prompts for a mail domain, and prints the country it corresponds to
|
|
|
9392 in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9393
|
|
|
9394 ;;;***
|
|
|
9395
|
|
|
9396 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "utils/mail-utils.el")
|
|
|
9397
|
|
|
9398 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
|
|
|
9399 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
|
|
|
9400 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
|
|
|
9401 often correct parser.")
|
|
|
9402
|
|
|
9403 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9404
|
|
|
9405 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
|
|
|
9406 Return the value of the header field FIELD-NAME.
|
|
|
9407 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the headers of the message.
|
|
|
9408 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last such field if there are several.
|
|
|
9409 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between." nil nil)
|
|
|
9410
|
|
|
9411 ;;;***
|
|
|
9412
|
|
|
9413 ;;;### (autoloads (read-passwd) "passwd" "utils/passwd.el")
|
|
|
9414
|
|
|
9415 (autoload 'read-passwd "passwd" "\
|
|
|
9416 Prompts for a password in the minibuffer, and returns it as a string.
|
|
|
9417 If PROMPT may be a prompt string or an alist of elements
|
|
|
9418 '(prompt . default).
|
|
|
9419 If optional arg CONFIRM is true, then ask the user to type the password
|
|
|
9420 again to confirm that they typed it correctly.
|
|
|
9421 If optional arg DEFAULT is provided, then it is a string to insert as
|
|
|
9422 the default choice (it is not, of course, displayed.)
|
|
|
9423
|
|
|
9424 If running under X, the keyboard will be grabbed (with XGrabKeyboard())
|
|
108
|
9425 to reduce the possibility that eavesdropping is occuring.
|
|
78
|
9426
|
|
|
9427 When reading a password, all keys self-insert, except for:
|
|
|
9428 \\<read-passwd-map>
|
|
|
9429 \\[read-passwd-erase-line] Erase the entire line.
|
|
|
9430 \\[quoted-insert] Insert the next character literally.
|
|
|
9431 \\[delete-backward-char] Delete the previous character.
|
|
|
9432 \\[exit-minibuffer] Accept what you have typed.
|
|
|
9433 \\[keyboard-quit] Abort the command.
|
|
|
9434
|
|
|
9435 The returned value is always a newly-created string. No additional copies
|
|
|
9436 of the password remain after this function has returned.
|
|
|
9437
|
|
|
9438 NOTE: unless great care is taken, the typed password will exist in plaintext
|
|
|
9439 form in the running image for an arbitrarily long time. Priveleged users may
|
|
|
9440 be able to extract it from memory. If emacs crashes, it may appear in the
|
|
|
9441 resultant core file.
|
|
|
9442
|
|
|
9443 Some steps you can take to prevent the password from being copied around:
|
|
|
9444
|
|
|
9445 - as soon as you are done with the returned string, destroy it with
|
|
|
9446 (fillarray string 0). The same goes for any default passwords
|
|
|
9447 or password histories.
|
|
|
9448
|
|
|
9449 - do not copy the string, as with concat or substring - if you do, be
|
|
|
9450 sure to keep track of and destroy all copies.
|
|
|
9451
|
|
|
9452 - do not insert the password into a buffer - if you do, be sure to
|
|
|
9453 overwrite the buffer text before killing it, as with the functions
|
|
|
9454 `passwd-erase-buffer' or `passwd-kill-buffer'. Note that deleting
|
|
|
9455 the text from the buffer does NOT necessarily remove the text from
|
|
|
9456 memory.
|
|
|
9457
|
|
|
9458 - be careful of the undo history - if you insert the password into a
|
|
|
9459 buffer which has undo recording turned on, the password will be
|
|
|
9460 copied onto the undo list, and thus recoverable.
|
|
|
9461
|
|
|
9462 - do not pass it as an argument to a shell command - anyone will be
|
|
|
9463 able to see it if they run `ps' at the right time.
|
|
|
9464
|
|
|
9465 Note that the password will be temporarily recoverable with the `view-lossage'
|
|
|
9466 command. This data will not be overwritten until another hundred or so
|
|
|
9467 characters are typed. There's not currently a way around this." nil nil)
|
|
|
9468
|
|
|
9469 ;;;***
|
|
|
9470
|
|
|
9471 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" "utils/pp.el")
|
|
|
9472
|
|
|
9473 (defalias 'pprint 'pp)
|
|
|
9474
|
|
|
9475 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9476 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
|
|
|
9477 Quoting characters are printed when needed to make output that `read'
|
|
|
9478 can handle, whenever this is possible.
|
|
|
9479 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
|
|
|
9480
|
|
|
9481 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
|
|
|
9482 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
|
|
|
9483 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
|
|
|
9484 instead. Value is also consed on to front of variable values 's
|
|
|
9485 value." t nil)
|
|
|
9486
|
|
|
9487 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9488 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
|
|
|
9489 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
|
|
|
9490 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
|
|
|
9491
|
|
|
9492 ;;;***
|
|
|
9493
|
|
|
9494 ;;;### (autoloads (prettyexpand-all-sexp prettyexpand-sexp macroexpand-all-sexp macroexpand-sexp pp-plist pp-variable pp-function) "pretty-print" "utils/pretty-print.el")
|
|
|
9495
|
|
|
9496 (autoload 'pp-function "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9497 Pretty print the function definition of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9498
|
|
|
9499 (autoload 'pp-variable "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9500 Pretty print the variable value of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9501
|
|
|
9502 (autoload 'pp-plist "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9503 Pretty print the property list of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9504
|
|
|
9505 (autoload 'macroexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9506 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion in a
|
|
|
9507 temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9508 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9509
|
|
|
9510 (autoload 'macroexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9511 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9512 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9513 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9514
|
|
|
9515 (autoload 'prettyexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9516 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion
|
|
|
9517 in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9518 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9519 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9520 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9521 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9522
|
|
|
9523 (autoload 'prettyexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9524 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9525 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9526 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9527 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9528 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9529 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9530
|
|
|
9531 ;;;***
|
|
|
9532
|
|
|
9533 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "utils/reporter.el")
|
|
|
9534
|
|
|
9535 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9536
|
|
|
9537 ;;;***
|
|
|
9538
|
|
|
9539 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ringp) "ring" "utils/ring.el")
|
|
|
9540
|
|
|
9541 (autoload 'ringp "ring" "\
|
|
|
9542 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
9543
|
|
|
9544 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'ring-p 'ringp)
|
|
|
9545
|
|
|
9546 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
|
|
|
9547 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
|
|
|
9548
|
|
|
9549 ;;;***
|
|
|
9550
|
|
153
|
9551 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-save savehist-load) "savehist" "utils/savehist.el")
|
|
|
9552
|
|
|
9553 (autoload 'savehist-load "savehist" "\
|
|
|
9554 Load the histories saved to `savehist-file'.
|
|
|
9555 Unless PREFIX is non-nil, the function will also add the save function to
|
|
|
9556 `kill-emacs-hook'.
|
|
|
9557
|
|
|
9558 This function should be normally used from your Emacs init file. Since it
|
|
|
9559 removes your current minibuffer histories (if any), it is unwise to call it
|
|
|
9560 at any other time." t nil)
|
|
|
9561
|
|
|
9562 (autoload 'savehist-save "savehist" "\
|
|
|
9563 Save the histories from `savehist-history-variables' to `savehist-file'.
|
|
|
9564 A variable will be saved if it is bound and non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
9565
|
|
|
9566 ;;;***
|
|
|
9567
|
|
78
|
9568 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "utils/skeleton.el")
|
|
|
9569
|
|
|
9570 (defvar skeleton-filter 'identity "\
|
|
|
9571 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
|
|
|
9572
|
|
|
9573 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9574 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
|
|
|
9575 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
|
|
|
9576 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
|
|
|
9577 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9578
|
|
|
9579 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9580 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9581 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9582 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9583 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9584 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9585 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9586
|
|
|
9587 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9588 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9589 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9590
|
|
|
9591 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9592 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9593 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9594 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9595 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9596 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9597 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9598
|
|
|
9599 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9600 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9601 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9602
|
|
|
9603 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9604 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
|
|
|
9605
|
|
|
9606 With optional third REGIONS wrap first interesting point (`_') in skeleton
|
|
|
9607 around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. If REGIONS is negative,
|
|
|
9608 wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first REGIONS interesting positions
|
|
|
9609 \(successive `_'s) in skeleton. An interregion is the stretch of text between
|
|
|
9610 two contiguous marked points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor)
|
|
|
9611 in alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. But
|
|
|
9612 if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
|
|
|
9613
|
|
|
9614 Optional fourth STR is the value for the variable `str' within the skeleton.
|
|
|
9615 When this is non-`nil' the interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid
|
|
|
9616 skeleton element.
|
|
|
9617
|
|
|
9618 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
|
|
|
9619 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
|
|
|
9620
|
|
|
9621 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
|
|
|
9622 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
|
|
|
9623
|
|
|
9624 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
|
|
|
9625 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
|
|
|
9626 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
|
|
|
9627 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
|
|
|
9628 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
|
|
|
9629 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
|
|
|
9630 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
|
|
|
9631 nil skipped
|
|
|
9632
|
|
|
9633 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
|
|
|
9634 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
|
|
|
9635 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
|
|
|
9636 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
|
|
|
9637 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
|
|
|
9638 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
|
|
|
9639 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also a list of
|
|
|
9640 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
|
|
|
9641
|
|
|
9642 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated evaluated for their side-effect.
|
|
|
9643 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
|
|
|
9644 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
|
|
|
9645 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
|
|
|
9646 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
|
|
|
9647 available:
|
|
|
9648
|
|
|
9649 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
|
|
|
9650 then: insert previously read string once more
|
|
|
9651 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
|
|
|
9652 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
|
|
|
9653 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
|
|
|
9654
|
|
|
9655 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
|
|
|
9656 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
|
|
|
9657
|
|
|
9658 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9659 Insert the character you type ARG times.
|
|
|
9660
|
|
|
9661 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
|
|
|
9662 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
|
|
|
9663 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
|
|
|
9664 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
|
|
|
9665
|
|
|
9666 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
|
|
|
9667 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
|
|
|
9668 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
|
|
|
9669
|
|
|
9670 ;;;***
|
|
|
9671
|
|
100
|
9672 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "utils/speedbar.el")
|
|
|
9673
|
|
|
9674 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
|
|
|
9675 Enable or disable use of a speedbar. Positive number means turn
|
|
|
9676 on, negative turns speedbar off, and nil means toggle. Once the
|
|
|
9677 speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in `speedbar-mode' will be
|
|
|
9678 displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is supported at a time." t nil)
|
|
|
9679
|
|
|
9680 ;;;***
|
|
|
9681
|
|
86
|
9682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "utils/timezone.el")
|
|
|
9683
|
|
|
9684 (define-error 'invalid-date "Invalid date string")
|
|
|
9685
|
|
|
9686 ;;;***
|
|
|
9687
|
|
78
|
9688 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "utils/tq.el")
|
|
|
9689
|
|
|
9690 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
|
|
|
9691 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
|
|
|
9692 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
|
|
|
9693 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
|
|
|
9694 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
|
|
|
9695
|
|
|
9696 ;;;***
|
|
|
9697
|
|
|
9698 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function) "trace" "utils/trace.el")
|
|
|
9699
|
|
|
9700 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
|
|
|
9701 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
|
|
|
9702
|
|
|
9703 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
|
|
|
9704 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9705 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9706 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9707 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9708 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
|
|
|
9709 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
|
|
|
9710 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
9711
|
|
|
9712 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
|
|
|
9713 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9714 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9715 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9716 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9717 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
|
|
|
9718 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
|
|
|
9719
|
|
|
9720 ;;;***
|
|
|
9721
|
|
|
9722 ;;;### (autoloads (xbm-button-create) "xbm-button" "utils/xbm-button.el")
|
|
|
9723
|
|
|
9724 (autoload 'xbm-button-create "xbm-button" "\
|
|
|
9725 Returns a list of XBM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9726 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9727 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9728 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9729 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9730
|
|
|
9731 BORDER-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9732 borders on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9733 or 0 to mean no border." nil nil)
|
|
|
9734
|
|
|
9735 ;;;***
|
|
|
9736
|
|
|
9737 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-button-create) "xpm-button" "utils/xpm-button.el")
|
|
|
9738
|
|
|
9739 (autoload 'xpm-button-create "xpm-button" "\
|
|
|
9740 Returns a list of XPM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9741 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9742 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9743 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9744 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9745
|
|
|
9746 SHADOW-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9747 shadows on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9748 or 0 to mean no shadows on the edges.
|
|
|
9749 FG-COLOR is the color used to display the text. It should be a string.
|
|
|
9750 BG-COLOR is the background color the text will be displayed upon.
|
|
|
9751 It should be a string." nil nil)
|
|
|
9752
|
|
|
9753 ;;;***
|
|
|
9754
|
|
|
9755 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode) "viper" "viper/viper.el")
|
|
|
9756
|
|
|
9757 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
|
|
|
9758 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
|
|
|
9759
|
|
|
9760 (defalias 'vip-mode 'viper-mode)
|
|
|
9761
|
|
|
9762 ;;;***
|
|
|
9763
|
|
|
9764 ;;;### (autoloads (vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps vm-easy-menu-define) "vm-easymenu" "vm/vm-easymenu.el")
|
|
|
9765
|
|
|
9766 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-define "vm-easymenu" "\
|
|
|
9767 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
9768 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
|
|
|
9769 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
|
|
|
9770
|
|
|
9771 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
9772 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
9773
|
|
|
9774 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
9775
|
|
|
9776 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
9777
|
|
|
9778 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
9779 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
9780
|
|
|
9781 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9782 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9783
|
|
|
9784 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
9785
|
|
|
9786 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
9787
|
|
|
9788 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
9789
|
|
|
9790 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
9791
|
|
|
9792 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
9793 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
|
|
|
9794 computed automatically.
|
|
|
9795
|
|
|
9796 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
9797
|
|
|
9798 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9799 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9800
|
|
|
9801 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
9802
|
|
|
9803 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
9804
|
|
|
9805 :style
|
|
|
9806
|
|
|
9807 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
9808 defined:
|
|
|
9809
|
|
|
9810 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
9811 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
9812 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
9813 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
9814
|
|
|
9815 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
9816
|
|
|
9817 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
9818 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9819 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
9820
|
|
|
9821 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
9822 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
9823 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
9824
|
|
|
9825 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
9826 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
9827 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
9828 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9829
|
|
|
9830 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps "vm-easymenu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9831
|
|
|
9832 ;;;***
|
|
|
9833
|
|
118
|
9834 ;;;### (autoloads (x-font-build-cache font-default-size-for-device font-default-encoding-for-device font-default-registry-for-device font-default-family-for-device font-default-object-for-device font-default-font-for-device font-create-object) "font" "w3/font.el")
|
|
108
|
9835
|
|
|
9836 (autoload 'font-create-object "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9837
|
|
|
9838 (autoload 'font-default-font-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9839
|
|
|
9840 (autoload 'font-default-object-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9841
|
|
|
9842 (autoload 'font-default-family-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9843
|
|
118
|
9844 (autoload 'font-default-registry-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9845
|
|
|
9846 (autoload 'font-default-encoding-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9847
|
|
108
|
9848 (autoload 'font-default-size-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9849
|
|
|
9850 (autoload 'x-font-build-cache "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9851
|
|
|
9852 ;;;***
|
|
|
9853
|
|
|
9854 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "w3/url-cache.el")
|
|
102
|
9855
|
|
|
9856 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9857 Store buffer BUFF in the cache" nil nil)
|
|
|
9858
|
|
|
9859 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9860 Return non-nil if the URL is cached." nil nil)
|
|
|
9861
|
|
108
|
9862 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
|
|
102
|
9863 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache" nil nil)
|
|
|
9864
|
|
|
9865 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9866 Return t iff a cached file has expired." nil nil)
|
|
|
9867
|
|
|
9868 ;;;***
|
|
|
9869
|
|
118
|
9870 ;;;### (autoloads (url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "w3/url-gw.el")
|
|
|
9871
|
|
|
9872 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
|
|
|
9873 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
|
|
|
9874
|
|
|
9875 ;;;***
|
|
|
9876
|
|
102
|
9877 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve url-popup-info url-get-url-at-point url-buffer-visiting url-normalize-url url-file-attributes) "url" "w3/url.el")
|
|
80
|
9878
|
|
|
9879 (autoload 'url-file-attributes "url" "\
|
|
|
9880 Return a list of attributes of URL.
|
|
|
9881 Value is nil if specified file cannot be opened.
|
|
|
9882 Otherwise, list elements are:
|
|
|
9883 0. t for directory, string (name linked to) for symbolic link, or nil.
|
|
|
9884 1. Number of links to file.
|
|
|
9885 2. File uid.
|
|
|
9886 3. File gid.
|
|
|
9887 4. Last access time, as a list of two integers.
|
|
|
9888 First integer has high-order 16 bits of time, second has low 16 bits.
|
|
|
9889 5. Last modification time, likewise.
|
|
|
9890 6. Last status change time, likewise.
|
|
|
9891 7. Size in bytes. (-1, if number is out of range).
|
|
|
9892 8. File modes, as a string of ten letters or dashes as in ls -l.
|
|
|
9893 If URL is on an http server, this will return the content-type if possible.
|
|
|
9894 9. t iff file's gid would change if file were deleted and recreated.
|
|
|
9895 10. inode number.
|
|
|
9896 11. Device number.
|
|
|
9897
|
|
|
9898 If file does not exist, returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
9899
|
|
|
9900 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url" "\
|
|
|
9901 Return a 'normalized' version of URL. This strips out default port
|
|
|
9902 numbers, etc." nil nil)
|
|
|
9903
|
|
|
9904 (autoload 'url-buffer-visiting "url" "\
|
|
|
9905 Return the name of a buffer (if any) that is visiting URL." nil nil)
|
|
|
9906
|
|
|
9907 (autoload 'url-get-url-at-point "url" "\
|
|
|
9908 Get the URL closest to point, but don't change your
|
|
|
9909 position. Has a preference for looking backward when not
|
|
|
9910 directly on a symbol." nil nil)
|
|
|
9911
|
|
|
9912 (autoload 'url-popup-info "url" "\
|
|
|
9913 Retrieve the HTTP/1.0 headers and display them in a temp buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9914
|
|
|
9915 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
|
|
|
9916 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
|
9917 The document should be specified by its fully specified
|
|
|
9918 Uniform Resource Locator. No parsing is done, just return the
|
|
|
9919 document as the server sent it. The document is left in the
|
|
|
9920 buffer specified by url-working-buffer. url-working-buffer is killed
|
|
|
9921 immediately before starting the transfer, so that no buffer-local
|
|
|
9922 variables interfere with the retrieval. HTTP/1.0 redirection will
|
|
|
9923 be honored before this function exits." nil nil)
|
|
|
9924
|
|
|
9925 ;;;***
|
|
|
9926
|
|
144
|
9927 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-hotlist-add-document w3-use-hotlist w3-hotlist-append w3-hotlist-rename-entry w3-hotlist-delete) "w3-hot" "w3/w3-hot.el")
|
|
|
9928
|
|
|
9929 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-delete "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9930 Deletes a document from your hotlist file" t nil)
|
|
|
9931
|
|
|
9932 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-rename-entry "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9933 Rename a hotlist item" t nil)
|
|
|
9934
|
|
|
9935 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-append "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9936 Append a hotlist to the one in memory" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9937
|
|
|
9938 (autoload 'w3-use-hotlist "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9939 Possibly go to a link in your W3/Mosaic hotlist.
|
|
|
9940 This is part of the emacs World Wide Web browser. It will prompt for
|
|
|
9941 one of the items in your 'hotlist'. A hotlist is a list of often
|
|
|
9942 visited or interesting items you have found on the World Wide Web." t nil)
|
|
|
9943
|
|
144
|
9944 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-add-document "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9945 Add this documents url to the hotlist" t nil)
|
|
|
9946
|
|
78
|
9947 ;;;***
|
|
|
9948
|
|
102
|
9949 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-follow-link w3-follow-link-other-frame w3-do-setup w3 w3-preview-this-buffer w3-follow-url-at-point w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame w3-maybe-follow-link w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse w3-fetch w3-fetch-other-frame w3-find-file w3-open-local) "w3" "w3/w3.el")
|
|
78
|
9950
|
|
|
9951 (autoload 'w3-open-local "w3" "\
|
|
|
9952 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9953 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
98
|
9954 hypertext document." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9955
|
|
|
9956 (autoload 'w3-find-file "w3" "\
|
|
|
9957 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9958 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
98
|
9959 hypertext document." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9960
|
|
|
9961 (autoload 'w3-fetch-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9962 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9963 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9964 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9965
|
|
|
9966 (autoload 'w3-fetch "w3" "\
|
|
|
9967 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
82
|
9968 Defaults to URL of the current document, if any.
|
|
|
9969 With prefix argument, use the URL of the hyperlink under point instead." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9970
|
|
|
9971 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse "w3" "\
|
|
|
9972 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9973 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9974 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9975
|
|
|
9976 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
9977 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9978 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9979 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9980
|
|
|
9981 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9982 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9983
|
|
|
9984 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point "w3" "\
|
|
|
9985 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9986
|
|
|
9987 (autoload 'w3-preview-this-buffer "w3" "\
|
|
|
9988 See what this buffer will look like when its formatted as HTML.
|
|
|
9989 HTML is the HyperText Markup Language used by the World Wide Web to
|
|
|
9990 specify formatting for text. More information on HTML can be found at
|
|
|
9991 ftp.w3.org:/pub/www/doc." t nil)
|
|
|
9992
|
|
|
9993 (autoload 'w3 "w3" "\
|
|
|
9994 Retrieve the default World Wide Web home page.
|
|
|
9995 The World Wide Web is a global hypertext system started by CERN in
|
|
|
9996 Switzerland in 1991.
|
|
|
9997
|
|
|
9998 The home page is specified by the variable w3-default-homepage. The
|
|
|
9999 document should be specified by its fully specified Uniform Resource
|
|
|
10000 Locator. The document will be parsed as HTML (if appropriate) and
|
|
|
10001 displayed in a new buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
10002
|
|
|
10003 (autoload 'w3-do-setup "w3" "\
|
|
|
10004 Do setup - this is to avoid conflict with user settings when W3 is
|
|
|
10005 dumped with emacs." nil nil)
|
|
|
10006
|
|
|
10007 (autoload 'w3-follow-link-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
10008 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
10009 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
10010 to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
10011
|
|
|
10012 (autoload 'w3-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
10013 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point.
|
|
|
10014 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
10015 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
10016
|
|
|
10017 ;;;***
|
|
|
10018
|
|
|
10019 ;;;### (autoloads (font-menu-weight-constructor font-menu-size-constructor font-menu-family-constructor reset-device-font-menus) "x-font-menu" "x11/x-font-menu.el")
|
|
|
10020
|
|
|
10021 (defvar font-menu-ignore-scaled-fonts t "\
|
|
|
10022 *If non-nil, then the font menu will try to show only bitmap fonts.")
|
|
|
10023
|
|
|
10024 (defvar font-menu-this-frame-only-p nil "\
|
|
|
10025 *If non-nil, then changing the default font from the font menu will only
|
|
|
10026 affect one frame instead of all frames.")
|
|
|
10027
|
|
|
10028 (fset 'install-font-menus 'reset-device-font-menus)
|
|
|
10029
|
|
|
10030 (autoload 'reset-device-font-menus "x-font-menu" "\
|
|
|
10031 Generates the `Font', `Size', and `Weight' submenus for the Options menu.
|
|
|
10032 This is run the first time that a font-menu is needed for each device.
|
|
|
10033 If you don't like the lazy invocation of this function, you can add it to
|
|
|
10034 `create-device-hook' and that will make the font menus respond more quickly
|
|
|
10035 when they are selected for the first time. If you add fonts to your system,
|
|
|
10036 or if you change your font path, you can call this to re-initialize the menus." nil nil)
|
|
|
10037
|
|
|
10038 (autoload 'font-menu-family-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
10039
|
|
|
10040 (autoload 'font-menu-size-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
10041
|
|
|
10042 (autoload 'font-menu-weight-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
10043
|
|
|
10044 ;;;***
|
